424B3 1 d322896d424b3.htm 424B3 424B3
Table of Contents

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration Number 333-182396

Prospectus

Lamar Media Corp.

Offer to Exchange

Up to $500,000,000

outstanding 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022 issued on February 9, 2012, for a Like Principal Amount of 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

The Exchange Offer

 

•  

We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradable.

•  

You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

•  

The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on July 27, 2012, unless we extend the offer. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date.

•  

The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer generally will not be a taxable event to a holder for United States federal income tax purposes.

•  

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

•  

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, including the condition that the exchange offer not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Exchange Notes

 

•  

The exchange notes are being offered in order to satisfy certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes.

•  

The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be freely tradable.

•  

The exchange notes will be subordinated to all of our existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of our existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of our existing and future debt obligations that are expressly subordinated in right of payment to the exchange notes.

•  

The outstanding notes are, and the exchange notes will be, unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by substantially all of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries.

•  

We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or to arrange for them to be quoted on any quotation system.

Broker-Dealers

 

•  

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

•  

This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.

•  

We and the guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before participating in the exchange offer.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is July 12, 2012

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
Principal Stockholders      65   
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions      69   
The Exchange Offer      70   
Description of Material Indebtedness      79   
Description of Exchange Notes      88   
Registration Rights Agreement      117   
Book-Entry Settlement and Clearance      118   

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

      120   
Plan of Distribution      125   
Legal Matters      125   
Experts      126   
Exchange Agent      127   
Information Agent      127   
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements      F-1   

 

 

 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You should not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to exchange only the notes offered by this prospectus, and only under the circumstances and in those jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

 

Lamar Media Corp. is a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 5321 Corporate Blvd., Baton Rouge, LA 70808 and our telephone number at that address is (225) 926-1000. Lamar Media Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Lamar Advertising Company. Our parent’s web site is located at http://www.lamar.com. The information on or linked to from the web site is not part of this prospectus.

In this prospectus, except as the context otherwise requires or as otherwise noted, “Lamar Media,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Lamar Media Corp. and its subsidiaries, except with respect to the notes, in which case such terms refer only to Lamar Media Corp. Lamar Advertising Company is referred to herein as “Lamar Advertising.”

 

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act of 1933, with respect to the exchange notes offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission, this prospectus incorporates important information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus but that is included in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the exchange notes offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules filed therewith.

We and our parent, Lamar Advertising, file reports and other information with the Commission. Such reports and other information filed by us may be read and copied at the Commission’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. For further information about the public reference room, call 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission also maintains a website on the Internet that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission, and such website is located at http://www.sec.gov.

 

2

Table of Contents

You may request a copy of these filings at no cost, by writing or calling us at the following address: 5321 Corporate Boulevard, Baton Rouge, LA 70808, Tel: (225) 926-1000, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.

To obtain timely delivery of any of these documents, you must request them no later than five business days before the date you must make your investment decision. Accordingly, if you would like to request any documents, you should do so no later than July 20, 2012 in order to receive them before the expiration of the exchange offer.

Pursuant to the indenture under which the exchange notes will be issued (and the outstanding notes were issued), we have agreed that, whether or not we are required to do so by the rules and regulations of the Commission, for so long as any of the notes remain outstanding, we (not including our subsidiaries) will furnish to the holders of the notes copies of all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if we were required to file such forms and all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if we were required to file such reports, in each case within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. In addition, following the consummation of this exchange offer, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, we will file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. See “Description of Exchange Notes — Material Covenants — Reports to Holders.”

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

The market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as the independent sources listed above. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information and cannot guarantee its accuracy and completeness.

 

3

Table of Contents

STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These are statements that relate to future periods and include statements regarding our anticipated performance.

Generally, the words “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “estimates,” “projects,” “plans” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause our actual results, performance or achievements or industry results, to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks, uncertainties and other important factors include, among others:

 

  •  

the current economic conditions and their effect on the markets in which we operate;

 

  •  

the levels of expenditures on advertising in general and outdoor advertising in particular;

 

  •  

risks and uncertainties relating to our significant indebtedness;

 

  •  

the demand for outdoor advertising;

 

  •  

our need for and ability to obtain additional funding for operations or acquisitions;

 

  •  

increased competition within the outdoor advertising industry;

 

  •  

the regulation of the outdoor advertising industry by federal, state and local governments;

 

  •  

our ability to renew expiring contracts at favorable rates;

 

  •  

our ability to successfully implement our digital deployment strategy;

 

  •  

the integration of companies that we acquire and our ability to recognize cost savings or operating efficiencies as a result of these acquisitions; and

 

  •  

changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines.

Although we believe that the statements contained in this prospectus are based upon reasonable assumptions, we can give no assurance that our goals will be achieved. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this prospectus. We assume no obligation to update or revise them or provide reasons why actual results may differ.

 

4

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of this exchange offer, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included in this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information included in this prospectus is presented on an historical basis.

Lamar Media Corp.

We are one of the largest outdoor advertising companies in the United States based on number of displays and have operated under the Lamar name since 1902. We sell advertising on billboards, buses, shelters, benches and logo signs. As of March 31, 2012, we owned and operated over 142,000 billboard advertising displays in 44 states, Canada and Puerto Rico, over 112,000 logo advertising displays in 22 states and the province of Ontario, Canada, and operated approximately 30,000 transit advertising displays in 16 states, Canada and Puerto Rico. We offer our customers a fully integrated service, satisfying all aspects of their billboard display requirements from ad copy production to placement and maintenance.

Our Business

We operate three types of outdoor advertising displays: billboards, logo signs and transit advertising displays.

Billboards. We sell most of our advertising space on two types of billboards: bulletins and posters.

 

  •  

Bulletins are generally large, illuminated advertising structures that are located on major highways and target vehicular traffic.

 

  •  

Posters are generally smaller advertising structures that are located on major traffic arteries and city streets and target vehicular and pedestrian traffic.

In addition to these traditional billboards, we also sell advertising space on digital billboards, which are generally located on major traffic arteries and city streets. As of March 31, 2012, we owned and operated over 1,400 digital billboard advertising displays in 40 states, Canada and Puerto Rico.

Logo signs. We sell advertising space on logo signs located near highway exits.

 

  •  

Logo signs generally advertise nearby gas, food, camping, lodging and other attractions.

We are the largest provider of logo signs in the United States, operating 22 of the 27 privatized state logo sign contracts. As of March 31, 2012, we operated over 112,000 logo sign advertising displays in 22 states and Canada.

Transit advertising displays. We also sell advertising space on the exterior and interior of public transportation vehicles, transit shelters and benches in approximately 60 markets. As of March 31, 2012, we operated approximately 30,000 transit advertising displays in 16 states, Canada and Puerto Rico.

Operating strategies

We strive to be a leading provider of outdoor advertising services in each of the markets that we serve, and our operating strategies for achieving that goal include:

Continuing to provide high quality local sales and service. We seek to identify and closely monitor the needs of our customers and to provide them with a full complement of high quality advertising services. Local advertising

 

5

Table of Contents

constituted approximately 80% of our net revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which management believes is higher than the industry average. We believe that the experience of our regional and local managers has contributed greatly to our success. For example, our regional managers have been with us for an average of 29 years. In an effort to provide high quality sales and service at the local level, we employed approximately 760 local account executives as of March 31, 2012. Local account executives are typically supported by additional local staff and have the ability to draw upon the resources of our central office, as well as our offices in other markets, in the event business opportunities or customers’ needs support such an allocation of resources.

Continuing a centralized control and decentralized management structure. Our management believes that, for our particular business, centralized control and a decentralized organization provide for greater economies of scale and are more responsive to local market demands. Therefore, we maintain centralized accounting and financial control over our local operations, but our local managers are responsible for the day-to-day operations in each local market and are compensated according to that market’s financial performance.

Continuing to focus on internal growth. Within our existing markets, we seek to increase our revenue and improve cash flow by employing highly-targeted local marketing efforts to improve our display occupancy rates and by increasing advertising rates where and when demand can absorb rate increases. Our local offices spearhead this effort and respond to local customer demands quickly.

In addition, we routinely invest in upgrading our existing displays and constructing new displays. From January 1, 2000 to March 31, 2012, we invested approximately $1.37 billion in capitalized expenditures, which include improvements to our existing displays and construction of new displays. Our regular improvement and expansion of our advertising display inventory allows us to provide high quality service to our current advertisers and to attract new advertisers.

Continuing to pursue other outdoor advertising opportunities. We plan to pursue additional logo sign contracts. Logo sign opportunities arise periodically, both from states initiating new logo sign programs and states converting from government-owned and operated programs to privately-owned and operated programs. Furthermore, we plan to pursue additional tourist oriented directional sign programs in both the United States and Canada and also other motorist information signing programs as opportunities present themselves. In addition, in an effort to maintain market share, we continue to pursue attractive transit advertising opportunities as they become available.

Reinvesting in capital expenditures including digital technology. We have historically invested in capital expenditures, however, during 2009 and 2010, we significantly reduced our capital expenditures to position us to manage through the economic recession. As a result of the economic recovery, we began to reinvest in capital expenditures during 2011. We spent approximately $107 million in total capital expenditures in fiscal 2011, of which $41.3 million was spent on digital technology. We expect our 2012 capitalized expenditures to closely approximate our spending in 2011.

Recent developments

New term loan A facility and amendments to our senior credit facility

On February 9, 2012, we entered into a restatement agreement with respect to our existing senior credit facility in order to fund a new $100 million Term loan A facility and to make certain covenant changes to the senior credit facility, which was entered into on April 28, 2010, as amended. See “Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Credit Facility.”

 

6

Table of Contents

Tender offer for 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

On January 26, 2012, we commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash, up to $700 million in aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 6 5/8% Notes. On February 9, 2012, we accepted tenders for approximately $483.7 million in aggregate principal amount of the 6 5/8% Notes, out of approximately $582.9 million tendered, in connection with the early settlement date of the tender offer. On February 27, 2012, we accepted tenders for approximately $99.2 million previously tendered and not accepted for payment and an additional $220 thousand tendered following the early settlement date. The holders of the notes tendered on or before midnight on February 8, 2012 received a total consideration of $1,025.83 per $1,000 principal amount of the notes tendered; holders of notes tendered after such date received a total consideration of $1,005.83 per $1,000 principal amount of the notes tendered. The total cash payment to purchase the tendered 6 5/8% Notes on February 9, 2012, including accrued interest up to but excluding February 9, 2012 was approximately $511.6 million and the total cash payment to purchase the tendered notes on February 27, 2012, including accrued interest up to but excluding February 27, 2012 was approximately $102.3 million, resulting in an aggregate payment in respect of the 6 5/8% Notes tender offer of approximately $613.9 million.

Organization

The following summary organization chart sets forth the basic corporate structure of Lamar.

 

LOGO

 

* All but one of our domestic subsidiaries (Missouri Logos, a partnership) is wholly owned.
** All of our domestic subsidiaries (except Missouri Logos, a partnership) will unconditionally guarantee the notes.

Our History

Lamar Media Corp. has been in operation since 1902. We completed a reorganization on July 20, 1999 to create our current holding company structure. At that time, Lamar Advertising Company was renamed Lamar Media Corp. and all its stockholders became stockholders in a new holding company. The new holding company then took the Lamar Advertising Company name and Lamar Media Corp. became a wholly owned subsidiary of Lamar Advertising Company.

 

7

Table of Contents

Summary of the Exchange Offer

In this prospectus, the term “outstanding notes” refers to the outstanding 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022; the term “exchange notes” refers to the 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022 registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and the term “notes” refers to both the outstanding notes and the exchange notes. On February 9, 2012, we completed a private offering of $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022.

 

General

In connection with the private offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes in which we agreed, among other things, to deliver this prospectus to you and to use our reasonable best efforts to complete an exchange offer for the outstanding notes.

 

Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange $500,000,000 principal amount of exchange notes, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for $500,000,000 principal amount of outstanding notes.

 

  The outstanding notes may be exchanged only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

 

Resale of the Exchange Notes

Based on the position of the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in certain interpretive letters issued to third parties in other transactions, we believe that the exchange notes acquired in this exchange offer may be freely traded without compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, if:

 

  •  

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business,

 

  •  

you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, and

 

  •  

you are not our affiliate as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

  If you fail to satisfy any of these conditions, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with the resale of the exchange notes.

 

  Broker-dealers that acquired outstanding notes directly from us, but not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for outstanding notes that it acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities

 

8

Table of Contents
 

must deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes and provide us with a signed acknowledgement of this obligation.

 

Expiration Date

This exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on July 27, 2012, unless we extend the offer.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is subject to limited, customary conditions, which we may waive.

 

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

If you wish to accept the exchange offer, you must deliver to the exchange agent, before the expiration of the exchange offer:

 

  •  

either a completed and signed letter of transmittal or, for outstanding notes tendered electronically, an agent’s message from The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), Euroclear or Clearstream stating that the tendering participant agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and the terms of the exchange offer,

 

  •  

your outstanding notes, either by tendering them in physical form or by timely confirmation of book-entry transfer through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, and

 

  •  

all other documents required by the letter of transmittal.

 

  If you hold outstanding notes through DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, you must comply with their standard procedures for electronic tenders, by which you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal.

 

  By signing, or by agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will be representing to us that:

 

  •  

you will be acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business,

 

  •  

you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes, and

 

  •  

you are not our affiliate as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

  See “The Exchange Offer— Procedures for Tendering.”

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

If you cannot meet the expiration deadline or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other documentation to comply with the applicable procedures under DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream standard operating procedures for electronic tenders in a timely fashion, you may tender your notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under “The Exchange Offer— Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 

9

Table of Contents

Special Procedures for Beneficial Holders

If you beneficially own outstanding notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender in the exchange offer, you should contact that registered holder promptly and instruct that person to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender in the exchange offer on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either arrange to have the outstanding notes registered in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

 

Acceptance of Outstanding Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes

We will accept any outstanding notes that are properly tendered for exchange before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day this exchange offer expires. The exchange notes will be delivered promptly after expiration of this exchange offer.

 

Exchange Date

We will notify the exchange agent of the date of acceptance of the outstanding notes for exchange.

 

Withdrawal Rights

If you tender your outstanding notes for exchange in this exchange offer and later wish to withdraw them, you may do so at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the day this exchange offer expires.

 

Consequences if You Do Not Exchange Your Outstanding Notes

Outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or are not accepted for exchange will continue to bear legends restricting their transfer. You will not be able to sell the outstanding notes unless:

 

  •  

an exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act is available to you,

 

  •  

we register the resale of outstanding notes under the Securities Act, or

 

  •  

the transaction requires neither an exemption from nor registration under the requirements of the Securities Act.

 

  After the completion of the exchange offer, we will no longer have any obligation to register the outstanding notes, except in limited circumstances.

 

Accrued Interest on the Outstanding Notes

Any interest that has accrued on an outstanding note before its exchange in this exchange offer will be payable on the exchange note on the first interest payment date after the completion of this exchange offer.

 

10

Table of Contents

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes generally will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is serving as the exchange agent. Its address and telephone number are provided in this prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer— Exchange Agent.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from this exchange offer. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Registration Rights Agreement

When we issued the outstanding notes on February 9, 2012, we and the guarantors entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, we agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange the outstanding notes for other freely tradable notes issued by us and that are registered with the Commission and that have substantially identical terms as the outstanding notes. If we fail to effect the exchange offer, we will use our reasonable best efforts to file and cause to become effective a shelf registration statement related to resales of the outstanding notes. We will be obligated to pay additional interest on the outstanding notes if we do not complete the exchange offer by November 5, 2012, or, if required, the shelf registration statement is not declared effective by November 5, 2012. See “Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

Accounting Treatment

We will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the completion of the exchange offer in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. See “The Exchange Offer— Accounting Treatment.”

 

 

11

Table of Contents

Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes

The exchange notes will be identical to the outstanding notes except that:

 

  •  

the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and therefore will not bear legends restricting their transfer; and

 

  •  

specified rights under the registration rights agreement, including the provisions providing for registration rights and the payment of additional interest in specified circumstances, will be limited or eliminated.

The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes and the same indenture will govern both the outstanding notes and the exchange notes. For a more complete understanding of the exchange notes, please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Exchange Notes.”

 

Issuer

Lamar Media Corp.

 

Securities Offered

$500,000,000 principal amount of 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022.

 

Maturity Date

February 1, 2022

 

Interest Rate

5 7/8% per year

 

Interest Payment Date

February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on August 1, 2012. Interest will accrue from February 9, 2012

 

Guarantees

Substantially all of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries will unconditionally guarantee the notes.

 

Ranking

The exchange notes will be our unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will be subordinated to all of our existing and future senior debt, including indebtedness under our senior credit facility and our 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014, rank equally with all of our existing and future senior subordinated debt, including our 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C and 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018, and rank senior to all of our existing and future subordinated debt. The exchange notes will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the exchange notes.

 

  The guarantees by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries will be subordinated to existing and future senior debt of such subsidiaries, including each such subsidiary’s guarantees of indebtedness under our 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014 and our senior credit facility.

 

  As of March 31, 2012, the exchange notes and the subsidiary guarantees would have been subordinated to approximately $1.0 billion in senior debt, excluding approximately $241.6 million of additional borrowing capacity under our senior credit facility.

 

12

Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

We may redeem some or all of the exchange notes at any time on or after February 1, 2017. We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the exchange notes using the proceeds from certain public equity offerings completed before February 1, 2015 so long as at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding. The redemption prices are described under “Description of Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Change of Control and Asset Sales

If we or Lamar Advertising experience specific kinds of changes of control or we sell assets under certain circumstances, we will be required to make an offer to purchase the notes at the prices listed in “Description of Exchange Notes—Material Covenants—Change of Control” and “Description of Exchange Notes—Material Covenants—Limitations on Certain Asset Sales.” We may not have sufficient funds available at the time of any change of control to effect the purchase.

 

Material Covenants

The indenture restricts our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

  •  

incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;

 

  •  

make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

 

  •  

create certain liens;

 

  •  

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

  •  

agree to any restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to us;

 

  •  

merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets; and

 

  •  

sell assets.

 

  These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described under the heading “Description of Exchange Notes” in this prospectus.

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain factors that you should carefully consider before participating in the exchange offer.

 

13

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data

The following table contains our summary historical consolidated information and other operating data for the five years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012. We have prepared this information from audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2011 and from unaudited financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012. This information is only a summary. You should read it in conjunction with our historical financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.

In our opinion, the information for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present our results of operations and financial condition. Results from interim periods should not be considered indicative of results for any other periods or for the year. This information is only a summary. You should read it in conjunction with our historical financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus, as well as “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,		  
    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                                  (Unaudited)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Statement of operations data:

              

Net revenues

   $ 1,209,555      $ 1,198,419      $ 1,056,065      $ 1,092,291      $ 1,133,487      $ 255,202      $ 266,238   

Operating expenses:

              

Direct advertising expenses

     410,762        437,660        397,725        398,467        409,052        99,551        103,423   

General and administrative expenses

     242,345        247,714        216,536        228,674        236,962        60,414        62,880   

Non-cash compensation

     27,488        9,005        12,462        17,839        11,650        2,132        2,612   

Depreciation and amortization

     306,879        331,654        336,725        312,703        299,639        73,873        72,373   

Gain on disposition of assets

     (3,914 )      (7,363 )      (5,424 )      (4,900 )      (10,548 )      (6,447 )      (936 ) 
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total operating expenses

     983,560        1,018,670        958,024        952,783        946,755        229,523        240,352   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Operating income

     225,995        179,749        98,041        139,508        186,732        25,679        25,886   

Interest expense, net

     158,609        156,716        191,455        185,517        170,524        43,588        39,856   

Gain on disposition of investment

     (15,448 )      (1,814 )      (1,445 )      —          —          —          —     

Loss on debt extinguishment

     —          —          —          17,402        677        —          29,972   

Income (loss) before income taxes

     82,834        24,847        (91,969 )      (63,411 )      15,531        (17,909 )      (43,942 ) 

Income tax expense (benefit)

     37,283        14,487        (36,146 )      (23,213 )      6,919        (4,745 )      (21,117 ) 
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net income (loss)

   $ 45,551      $ 10,360      $ (55,823 )    $ (40,198 )    $ 8,612      $ (13,164 )    $ (22,825 ) 
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Other financial data:

              

EBITDA(1)

   $ 548,322      $ 513,217      $ 436,211      $ 434,809      $ 485,694      $ 99,552      $ 68,287   

EBITDA margin(2)

     45 %      43 %      41 %      40 %      43 %      39 %      26 % 

Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense, net(3)

     3.5x        3.3x        2.3x        2.3x        2.8x        2.3x        1.7x   

Ratio of total debt to EBITDA(4)

     5.0x        5.5x        6.1x        5.5x        4.4x        n/a        n/a   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)

     1.4x        1.1x        0.7x        0.7x        1.1x        0.7x        0.2x   

 

14

Table of Contents
    As of December 31,     As of March 31,  
    2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
              (unaudited)   
    (Dollars in thousands)   

Balance sheet data:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 76,048      $ 14,139      $ 105,306      $ 88,565      $ 33,377      $ 32,041      $ 35,365   

Working capital

     140,369        89,868        104,491        156,568        96,712        126,481        114,404   

Total assets

     4,053,229        4,098,067        3,911,838        3,621,037        3,409,550        3,549,688        3,398,662   

Long term debt (including current maturities)

     2,725,770        2,836,358        2,671,639        2,409,140        2,158,528        2,356,580        2,187,595   

Stockholder’s equity

     882,220        813,904        781,472        768,489        789,389        756,229        771,493   

 

 

(1) EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA represents a measure that we believe is customarily used by investors and analysts to evaluate the financial performance of companies in the media industry. Our management also believes that EBITDA is useful in evaluating our core operating results. However, EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and should not be considered an alternative to operating income or net income as an indicator of our operating performance or to net cash provided by operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. Because EBITDA is not calculated identically by all companies, the presentation in this prospectus may not be comparable to those disclosed by other companies. In addition, the definition of EBITDA differs from the definition of EBITDA applicable to the covenants for the notes.

Below is a table that reconciles EBITDA to net income (loss):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,		  
     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
               (unaudited)   
  

 

(dollars in thousands)

  

Statement of operations data:

               

EBITDA

    $ 548,322      $ 513,217      $ 436,211      $ 434,809      $ 485,694      $ 99,552      $ 68,287   

Depreciation and amortization

      306,879        331,654        336,725        312,703        299,639        73,873        72,373   

Interest expense, net

      158,609        156,716        191,455        185,517        170,524        43,588        39,856   

Income tax expense (benefit)

      37,283        14,487        (36,146 )      (23,213 )      6,919        (4,745 )      (21,117 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net income (loss)

    $ 45,551      $ 10,360      $ (55,823 )    $ (40,198 )    $ 8,612      $ (13,164 )    $ (22,825 ) 

 

(2) EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA divided by net revenues.
(3) Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense is defined as EBITDA divided by net interest expense.
(4) Ratio of total debt to EBITDA is defined as total debt divided by EBITDA.
(5) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is defined as earnings divided by fixed charges. For purposes of this ratio, earnings is defined as net income before income taxes and fixed charges. Fixed charges is defined as the sum of interest expense, preferred stock dividends and the component of rental expense that we believe to be representative of the interest factor for those amounts.

 

15

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

In deciding whether to participate in the exchange offer, you should carefully consider the risks described below, which could cause our operating results and financial condition to be materially adversely affected, as well as other information and data included in this prospectus.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer

Holders who fail to exchange their outstanding notes will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer and may have reduced liquidity after the exchange offer.

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to the outstanding notes. The restrictions on transfer of your outstanding notes arise because we issued the outstanding notes under exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, you may only offer or sell the outstanding notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or are offered and sold under an exemption from these requirements. We do not plan to register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

Furthermore, we have not conditioned the exchange offer on receipt of any minimum or maximum principal amount of outstanding notes. As outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the principal amount of remaining outstanding notes will decrease. This decrease could reduce the liquidity of the trading market for the outstanding notes. We cannot assure you of the liquidity, or even the continuation, of the trading market for the outstanding notes following the exchange offer.

For further information regarding the consequences of not tendering your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, see the discussions below under the captions “The Exchange Offer— Consequences of Failure to Properly Tender Outstanding Notes in the Exchange” and “Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

You must comply with the exchange offer procedures to receive exchange notes.

Delivery of exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of the following:

 

  •  

certificates for outstanding notes or a book-entry confirmation of a book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, New York, New York as a depository, including an agent’s message, as defined in this prospectus, if the tendering holder does not deliver a letter of transmittal;

 

  •  

a complete and signed letter of transmittal, or facsimile copy, with any required signature guarantees, or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an agent’s message in place of the letter of transmittal; and

 

  •  

any other documents required by the letter of transmittal.

Therefore, holders of outstanding notes who would like to tender outstanding notes in exchange for exchange notes should be sure to allow enough time for the necessary documents to be timely received by the exchange agent. We are not required to notify you of defects or irregularities in tenders of outstanding notes for exchange. Outstanding notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but we do not accept for exchange will, following consummation of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions under the Securities Act and will no longer have the registration and other rights under the registration rights agreement. See “The Exchange Offer— Procedures for Tendering” and “The Exchange Offer— Consequences of Failures to Properly Tender Outstanding Notes in the Exchange.”

Some holders who exchange their outstanding notes may be deemed to be underwriters, and these holders will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements in connection with any resale transaction.

 

16

Table of Contents

If you exchange your outstanding notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities. If you are deemed to have received restricted securities, you will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

An active trading market may not develop for the exchange notes.

The exchange notes have no established trading market and will not be listed on any securities exchange. The initial purchasers have informed us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes. However, the initial purchasers are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any such market making at any time without notice. The liquidity of any market for the exchange notes will depend upon various factors, including:

 

  •  

the number of holders of the exchange notes;

 

  •  

the interest of securities dealers in making a market for the exchange notes;

 

  •  

the overall market for high yield securities;

 

  •  

our financial performance or prospects; and

 

  •  

the prospects for companies in our industry generally.

Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a market or liquidity will develop for the exchange notes. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. We cannot assure you that the market for the exchange notes, if any, will not be subject to similar disruptions. Any such disruptions may adversely affect you as a holder of the exchange notes.

Risks Related to the Exchange Notes

Our substantial debt may adversely affect our business, financial condition and financial results and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

We have borrowed substantially in the past and will continue to borrow in the future. At March 31, 2012, we had approximately $2.19 billion of total debt outstanding, consisting of approximately $695.5 million under our Senior Credit Facility, $333.4 million of senior notes and $1.16 billion in various series of senior subordinated notes, including the outstanding 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022. Despite the level of debt presently outstanding, the terms of the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes and the terms of our senior credit facility allow us to incur substantially more debt, including approximately $241.6 million available for borrowing as of March 31, 2012, under our revolving senior credit facility.

Our substantial debt and our use of cash flow from operations to make principal and interest payments on our debt may, among other things:

 

  •  

make it more difficult for us to comply with the financial covenants in our senior credit facility, which could result in a default and an acceleration of all amounts outstanding under the facility;

 

  •  

limit the cash flow available to fund our working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

 

  •  

limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures or other general corporate requirements;

 

  •  

place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to those of our competitors that have less debt;

 

17

Table of Contents
  •  

force us to seek and obtain alternate or additional sources of funding, which may be unavailable, or may be on less favorable terms, or may require us to obtain the consent of lenders under our senior credit facility or the holders of our other debt;

 

  •  

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and

 

  •  

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions.

Any of these problems could adversely affect our business, financial condition and financial results.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our significant debt service obligations, including our obligations under the exchange notes.

Our ability to generate cash flow from operations to make principal and interest payments on our debt, including the exchange notes, will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors. We cannot control many of these factors, including general economic conditions, our customers’ allocation of advertising expenditures among available media and the amount spent on advertising in general. The recent economic recession negatively affected our business, and our financial results could be negatively impacted if current economic conditions deteriorate. If our operations do not generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, we may need to borrow additional funds to make these payments or undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, or reducing or delaying capital investments and acquisitions. We cannot guarantee that such additional funds or alternative financing will be available on favorable terms, if at all. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or obtain additional funds or alternative financing on acceptable terms, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Restrictions in our and Lamar Advertising’s debt agreements reduce operating flexibility and contain covenants and restrictions that create the potential for defaults, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and financial results.

The terms of the indentures relating to our senior credit facility and the indentures relating to our outstanding senior subordinated notes and senior notes restrict our and Lamar Advertising’s ability to, among other things:

 

  •  

incur or repay debt;

 

  •  

dispose of assets;

 

  •  

create liens;

 

  •  

make investments;

 

  •  

enter into affiliate transactions; and

 

  •  

pay dividends and make inter-company distributions.

The terms of our senior credit facility also restrict us from exceeding specified total holdings debt and senior debt ratios and require us to maintain a specified minimum fixed charges coverage ratio. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations–Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a description of the specific financial ratio requirements under our senior credit facility.

Our ability to comply with the financial covenants in the senior credit facility and the indentures governing our existing notes (and to comply with any similar covenants in future agreements) and the exchange notes offered hereby depends on our operating performance, which in turn depends significantly on prevailing economic, financial and business conditions and other factors that are beyond our control. Therefore, despite our best efforts and execution of our strategic plan, we may be unable to comply with these financial covenants in the future.

 

18

Table of Contents

Although we and Lamar Advertising are currently in compliance with all financial covenants, our operating results have been negatively impacted by current economic conditions and there can be no assurance that the current economic environment will not further impact our results and, in turn, our ability to meet these requirements in the future. If we fail to comply with our financial covenants, we could be in default under our senior credit facility (which would result in an event of default under the indentures governing our and Lamar Advertising’s outstanding notes and the exchange notes). In the event of such default, the lenders under the senior credit facility could accelerate all of the debt outstanding, could elect to institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition and financial results.

In addition, these restrictions reduce our operating flexibility and could prevent us from exploiting investment, acquisition, marketing, or other time-sensitive business opportunities.

Your right to receive payments on the exchange notes is junior to our existing senior indebtedness and the existing senior indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantors and possibly all of our and their future indebtedness.

The exchange notes and the subsidiary guarantees will be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of our and the subsidiary guarantors’ respective current and future senior indebtedness, including our and their obligations under our senior credit facility and our 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014. As of March 31, 2012, the exchange notes would have been subordinated to approximately $1.03 billion in senior debt, including approximately $695.5 million under our senior credit facility, and an additional $241.6 million of senior debt was available for borrowing under our senior credit facility. As a result of the subordination provisions of the exchange notes, in the event of the bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of us or any subsidiary guarantor, our assets or the assets of the applicable subsidiary guarantor would be available to pay obligations under the exchange notes and our other senior subordinated obligations only after all payments had been made on our senior indebtedness or the senior indebtedness of the applicable subsidiary guarantor. Sufficient assets may not remain after all of these payments have been made to make any payments on the exchange notes and our other senior subordinated obligations (which totaled approximately $656.2 million as of March 31, 2012), including payments of interest when due.

In addition, all payments on the exchange notes and the subsidiary guarantees will be prohibited in the event of a payment default on our senior indebtedness and, for limited periods, upon the occurrence of other defaults under our bank credit facility.

The exchange notes and the subsidiary guarantees will be unsecured and are effectively subordinated to all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ secured indebtedness.

The exchange notes will not be secured. The lenders under our senior credit facility are currently secured by a pledge of the stock of all of the subsidiary guarantors, a pledge of our stock, and a substantial portion of our and the guarantors’ other property.

If we or any of the subsidiary guarantors declare bankruptcy, liquidate or dissolve, or if payment under our senior credit facility or any of our other secured indebtedness is accelerated, our secured lenders would be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured lender under applicable law and will have a claim on those assets before the holders of the exchange notes. As a result, the exchange notes are effectively subordinated to our and our subsidiaries’ secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness and the holders of the exchange notes would in all likelihood recover ratably less than the lenders of our and our subsidiaries’ secured indebtedness in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution. As of March 31, 2012, we had $1.03 billion of secured indebtedness outstanding (including approximately $27.8 million in indebtedness outstanding that was incurred by non-guarantor subsidiaries) and $241.6 million of additional secured indebtedness was available for borrowing under our revolving senior credit facility.

 

19

Table of Contents

Claims of noteholders will be structurally subordinate to claims of creditors of our non-guarantor subsidiaries

As of the date of this prospectus, the exchange notes will not be guaranteed by any of our foreign or less than wholly owned subsidiaries who do not guarantee our senior credit facility. Claims of holders of the exchange notes will be structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the exchange notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of any of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness, their trade creditors and holders of their preferred equity will generally be entitled to payment on their claims from assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us. However, under some circumstances, the terms of the exchange notes will permit our non-guarantor subsidiaries to incur additional specified indebtedness. As of March 31, 2012, our non-guarantor subsidiaries had approximately $378 thousand in trade payables.

Upon a change of control, we may not have the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indenture governing the exchange notes, which would violate the terms of the exchange notes.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, holders of the exchange notes will have the right to require us to purchase all or any part of the exchange notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. We may not have sufficient financial resources available to satisfy all of the obligations under the exchange notes in the event of a change of control. Further, we will be contractually restricted under the terms of our senior credit facility from repurchasing all of the exchange notes tendered upon a change of control. Accordingly, we may be unable to satisfy our obligations to purchase the exchange notes unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under our senior credit facility. Our failure to purchase the exchange notes as required under the indenture would result in a default under the indenture and a cross-default under our senior credit facility, each of which could have material adverse consequences for us and the holders of the exchange notes. In addition, the senior credit facility provides that a change of control is a default that permits lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings under it. See “Description of Exchange Notes—Change of control.”

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the guarantees of the exchange notes by our subsidiaries and require the holders of the exchange notes to return payments received from the subsidiary guarantors.

Under the federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the subsidiary guarantees could be voided, or claims in respect of the subsidiary guarantees could be subordinated to all other debts of a subsidiary guarantor if, either, the subsidiary guarantee was incurred with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditors of the subsidiary guarantor or the subsidiary guarantors, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its subsidiary guarantee, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such indebtedness and the subsidiary guarantor either:

 

  •  

was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence;

 

  •  

was engaged in a business or transaction for which such subsidiary guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

 

  •  

intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

If a subsidiary guarantee is voided, you will be unable to rely on the applicable subsidiary guarantor to satisfy your claim in the event that we fail to make one or more required payments due on the exchange notes. In addition, any payment by such subsidiary guarantor pursuant to its subsidiary guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to such subsidiary guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of creditors of such subsidiary guarantor.

 

20

Table of Contents

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a subsidiary guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

 

  •  

the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

 

  •  

the present fair saleable value of its assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

  •  

it could not pay its debts as they become due.

On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we and each subsidiary guarantor believe that, after giving effect to the indebtedness incurred in connection with this offering, no subsidiary guarantor will be insolvent, will have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged or will have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. There can be no assurance, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making such determinations or that a court would agree with our or the subsidiary guarantors’ conclusions in this regard.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

Our revenues are sensitive to general economic conditions and other external events beyond our control.

We sell advertising space on outdoor structures to generate revenues. Advertising spending is particularly sensitive to changes in economic conditions and has been adversely affected by the most recent recession, as evidenced by an 11.9% decline in our pro forma advertising revenues in the year ended December 31, 2009.

Additionally, the occurrence of any of the following external events could further depress our revenues:

 

  •  

a widespread reallocation of advertising expenditures to other available media by significant users of our displays; and

 

  •  

a decline in the amount spent on advertising in general or outdoor advertising in particular.

We could suffer losses due to asset impairment charges for goodwill and other intangible assets.

We tested goodwill for impairment on December 31, 2011. Based on our review at December 31, 2011, no impairment charge was required. We continue to assess whether factors or indicators become apparent that would require an interim impairment test between our annual impairment test dates. For instance, if our market capitalization is below our equity book value for a period of time without recovery, we believe there is a strong presumption that would indicate a triggering event has occurred and it is more likely than not that the fair value of one or both of our reporting units are below their carrying amount. This would require us to test the reporting units for impairment of goodwill. If this presumption cannot be overcome, a reporting unit could be impaired under ASC 350 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and a non-cash charge would be required. Any such charge could have a material adverse effect on our net earnings.

We face competition from larger and more diversified outdoor advertisers and other forms of advertising that could hurt our performance.

While we enjoy a significant market share in many of our small and medium-sized markets, we face competition from other outdoor advertisers and other media in all of our markets. Although we are one of the largest companies focusing exclusively on outdoor advertising in a relatively fragmented industry, we compete against larger companies with diversified operations, such as television, radio and other broadcast media. These diversified competitors have the advantage of cross-selling complementary advertising products to advertisers.

 

21

Table of Contents

We also compete against an increasing variety of out-of-home advertising media, such as advertising displays in shopping centers, malls, airports, stadiums, movie theaters and supermarkets, and on taxis, trains and buses. To a lesser extent, we also face competition from other forms of media, including radio, newspapers, direct mail advertising, telephone directories and the Internet. The industry competes for advertising revenue along the following dimensions: exposure (the number of “impressions” an advertisement makes), advertising rates (generally measured in cost-per-thousand impressions), ability to target specific demographic groups or geographies, effectiveness, quality of related services (such as advertising copy design and layout) and customer service. We may be unable to compete successfully along these dimensions in the future, and the competitive pressures that we face could adversely affect our profitability or financial performance.

Federal, state and local regulation impact our operations, financial condition and financial results.

Outdoor advertising is subject to governmental regulation at the federal, state and local levels. Regulations generally restrict the size, spacing, lighting and other aspects of advertising structures and pose a significant barrier to entry and expansion in many markets.

Federal law, principally the Highway Beautification Act of 1965 (the “HBA”), regulates outdoor advertising on Federal—Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems roads. The HBA requires states to “effectively control” outdoor advertising along these roads, and mandates a state compliance program and state standards regarding size, spacing and lighting. The HBA requires any state or political subdivision that compels the removal of a lawful billboard along a Federal—Aid Primary or Interstate highway to pay just compensation to the billboard owner.

All states have passed billboard control statutes and regulations at least as restrictive as the federal requirements, including laws requiring the removal of illegal signs at the owner’s expense (and without compensation from the state). Although we believe that the number of our billboards that may be subject to removal as illegal is immaterial, and no state in which we operate has banned billboards entirely, from time to time governments have required us to remove signs and billboards legally erected in accordance with federal, state and local permit requirements and laws. Municipal and county governments generally also have sign controls as part of their zoning laws and building codes. We contest laws and regulations that we believe unlawfully restrict our constitutional or other legal rights and may adversely impact the growth of our outdoor advertising business.

Using federal funding for transportation enhancement programs, state governments have purchased and removed billboards for beautification, and may do so again in the future. Under the power of eminent domain, state or municipal governments have laid claim to property and forced the removal of billboards. Under a concept called amortization by which a governmental body asserts that a billboard operator has earned compensation by continued operation over time, local governments have attempted to force removal of legal but nonconforming billboards (i.e., billboards that conformed with applicable zoning regulations when built but which do not conform to current zoning regulations). Although the legality of amortization is questionable, it has been upheld in some instances. Often, municipal and county governments also have sign controls as part of their zoning laws, with some local governments prohibiting construction of new billboards or allowing new construction only to replace existing structures. Although we have generally been able to obtain satisfactory compensation for those of our billboards purchased or removed as a result of governmental action, there is no assurance that this will continue to be the case in the future.

We have also introduced and intend to expand the deployment of digital billboards that display static digital advertising copy from various advertisers that change every 6 to 8 seconds. We have encountered some existing regulations that restrict or prohibit these types of digital displays but it has not yet materially impacted our digital deployment. Since digital billboards have only recently been developed and introduced into the market on a large scale, existing regulations that currently do not apply to them by their terms could be revised to impose greater restrictions. These regulations may impose greater restrictions on digital billboards due to alleged concerns over aesthetics or driver safety.

 

22

Table of Contents

In addition, due to their recent development, relatively few large scale studies have been conducted regarding driver safety issues, if any, related to digital billboards. The U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration is currently conducting a study on whether the presence of digital billboards along roadways is associated with a reduction of driver safety for the public. We understand that this study is currently under internal review and the date of its public release is currently unknown. If the results of this study include adverse findings, it may result in regulations at the federal or state level that impose greater restrictions on digital billboards. Any new restrictions could materially adversely affect both our existing inventory of digital billboards and our plans to expand our digital deployment.

Our logo sign contracts are subject to state award and renewal.

In the three months ended March 31, 2012, we generated approximately 5% of our revenues from state-awarded logo sign contracts. In bidding for these contracts, we compete against three other national logo sign providers, as well as numerous smaller, local logo sign providers. A logo sign provider incurs significant start-up costs upon being awarded a new contract. These contracts generally have a term of five to ten years, with additional renewal periods. Some states reserve the right to terminate a contract early, and most contracts require the state to pay compensation to the logo sign provider for early termination. At the end of the contract term, the logo sign provider transfers ownership of the logo sign structures to the state. Depending on the contract, the logo provider may or may not be entitled to compensation for the structures at the end of the contract term.

Of our 23 logo sign contracts in place at March 31, 2012, two are subject to renewal in the next twelve months. We may be unable to renew these expiring contracts. We may also lose the bidding on new contracts.

We are a wholly owned subsidiary of Lamar Advertising, which is controlled by significant stockholders who have the power to determine the outcome of all matters submitted to Lamar Advertising’s stockholders for approval and whose interests may be different than yours.

As of March 31, 2012, members of the Reilly family, including Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., Lamar Advertising’s Chairman and President, and Sean Reilly, Lamar Advertising’s and our Chief Executive Officer, owned in the aggregate approximately 17% of Lamar Advertising’s common stock, assuming the conversion of all Class B common stock to Class A common stock. As of that date, their combined holdings represented 66% of the voting power of Lamar Advertising’s outstanding capital stock, which would give the Reilly family the power to:

 

  •  

elect Lamar Advertising’s entire board of directors;

 

  •  

control Lamar Advertising’s management and policies; and

 

  •  

determine the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter requiring the approval of Lamar Advertising’s stockholders, including charter amendments, mergers, consolidations and asset sales.

The Reilly family may have interests that are different than yours in making these decisions.

If our contingency plans relating to hurricanes fail, the resulting losses could hurt our business.

We have determined that it is uneconomical to insure against losses resulting from hurricanes and other natural disasters. Although we have developed contingency plans designed to mitigate the threat posed by hurricanes to advertising structures (e.g., removing advertising faces at the onset of a storm, when possible, which better permits the structures to withstand high winds during the storm), these plans could fail and significant losses could result.

 

23

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. See “Registration Rights Agreement.” We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding notes. The form and terms of the exchange notes are identical in all respects to the form and terms of the outstanding notes, except the offer and exchange of the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and the exchange notes will not have restrictions on transfer, registration rights or provisions for additional cash interest. The outstanding notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.

On February 9, 2012, we received approximately $489 million of net proceeds from our sale of the outstanding notes, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discount and other offering expenses. We used the net proceeds of the offering together with approximately $99 million of net proceeds from the new Term loan A facility to repurchase approximately $583.1 million in aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B and 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C pursuant to a tender offer.

 

24

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at March 31, 2012, which reflects the distribution of the net proceeds from the sale of the 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022 on February 9, 2012, together with approximately $99 million of net proceeds from the new Term loan A facility, to fund the tender offer. You should read this table in conjunction with the information under the headings “Use of Proceeds” and “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, which are included in this prospectus.

 

     As of
March 31, 2012		  
    

(unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

  

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 35,365   
  

 

 

  

Current maturities of long-term debt(1)

      26,242   
  

 

 

  

Long-term debt, less current maturities:

   

Senior Credit Facility(1)

      669,912   

9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014

      333,358   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

      122,760   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B

      98,493   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C

      34,910   

7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018

      400,000   

5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022(2)

      500,000   

Other long-term debt

      1,920   
  

 

 

  

Total long-term debt, less current maturities

      2,161,353   
  

 

 

  

Total stockholder’s equity

      771,493   
  

 

 

  

Total capitalization

      2,959,088   
  

 

 

  

 

(1) Amounts shown consist of $695.5 million outstanding under our term loan facility and $0.0 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2012, we had $241.6 million available under the revolving credit facility. Our senior credit facility also includes a $300 million incremental facility, which can be increased by up to an additional $200 million if our senior debt ratio (as defined in the agreement) is less than or equal to 3.25 to 1, under which we can request additional commitments from our lenders. Our lenders have no obligation to make any additional commitments to us under this facility.
(2) Any 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes accepted for exchange in this offer will be retired and cancelled and will not be reissued.

 

25

Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table contains our selected historical consolidated information and other operating data for the five years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012. We have prepared this information from audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2007 through December 31, 2011 and from unaudited financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012.

In our opinion, the information for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present our results of operations and financial condition. Results from interim periods should not be considered indicative of results for any other periods or for the year. This information is only a summary. You should read it in conjunction with our historical financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus, as well as “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,		  
     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                                   (Unaudited)  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Statement of operations data:

               

Net revenues

    $ 1,209,555      $ 1,198,419      $ 1,056,065      $ 1,092,291      $ 1,133,487      $ 255,202      $ 266,238   

Operating expenses:

               

Direct advertising expenses

      410,762        437,660        397,725        398,467        409,052        99,551        103,423   

General and administrative expenses

      242,345        247,714        216,536        228,674        236,962        60,414        62,880   

Non-cash compensation

      27,488        9,005        12,462        17,839        11,650        2,132        2,612   

Depreciation and amortization

      306,879        331,654        336,725        312,703        299,639        73,873        72,373   

Gain on disposition of assets

      (3,914 )      (7,363 )      (5,424 )      (4,900 )      (10,548 )      (6,447 )      (936 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total operating expenses

      983,560        1,018,670        958,024        952,783        946,755        229,523        240,352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Operating income

      225,995        179,749        98,041        139,508        186,732        25,679        25,886   

Interest expense, net

      158,609        156,716        191,455        185,517        170,524        43,588        39,856   

Gain on disposition of investment

      (15,448 )      (1,814 )      (1,445 )      —          —          —          —     

Loss on debt extinguishment

      —          —          —          17,402        677        —          29,972   

Income (loss) before income taxes

      82,834        24,847        (91,969 )      (63,411 )      15,531        (17,909 )      (43,942 ) 

Income tax expense (benefit)

      37,283        14,487        (36,146 )      (23,213 )      6,919        (4,745 )      (21,117 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net income (loss)

    $ 45,551      $ 10,360      $ (55,823 )    $ (40,198 )    $ 8,612      $ (13,164 )    $ (22,825 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Other data (as of end of period)
(Unaudited):

               

Total billboard displays

      150,973        159,393        149,830        145,533        143,141        145,074        142,114   

Total logo displays

      99,681        101,336        103,277        108,349        112,494        116,928        112,730   

Total transit displays

      28,519        29,100        27,334        30,905        30,181        30,594        29,805   

 

26

Table of Contents
     As of December 31,      As of March 31,  
     2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
                                        (unaudited)  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance sheet data:

                     

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 76,048       $ 14,139       $ 105,306       $ 88,565       $ 33,377       $ 32,041       $ 35,365   

Working capital

      140,369         89,868         104,491         156,568         96,712         126,481         114,404   

Total assets

      4,053,229         4,098,067         3,911,838         3,621,037         3,409,550         3,549,688         3,398,662   

Long term debt (including current maturities)

      2,725,770         2,836,358         2,671,639         2,409,140         2,158,528         2,356,580         2,187,595   

Stockholder’s equity

      882,220         813,904         781,472         768,489         789,389         756,229         771,493   

 

27

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

Our net revenues are derived primarily from the sale of advertising on outdoor advertising displays that we own and operate. We rely on sales of advertising space for our revenues. Revenue growth is based on many factors that include our ability to increase occupancy of our existing advertising displays; raise advertising rates; and acquire new advertising displays, and our operating results are therefore affected by general economic conditions, as well as trends in the advertising industry. Advertising spending is particularly sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, which affect the rates that we are able to charge for advertising on our displays and our ability to maximize advertising sales or occupancy on our displays.

Historically, we have increased the number of outdoor advertising displays we operate by completing strategic acquisitions of outdoor advertising assets. Since December 31, 2006, we have completed acquisitions for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $446.2 million. However, during 2009, 2010 and 2011, we reduced our acquisition activity significantly by completing acquisitions of outdoor advertising assets for a total purchase price of $36.6 million, which was a reduction of approximately $594.6 million over the comparable three-year period 2006, 2007 and 2008. We have financed our historical acquisition activity and intend to finance any of our future acquisition activity from available cash, borrowings under our senior credit facility and the issuance of Class A common stock. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we completed acquisitions for a total purchase price of approximately $6.1 million in cash.

Our business requires expenditures for maintenance and capitalized costs associated with the construction of new billboard displays, the entrance into and renewal of logo sign and transit contracts, and the purchase of real estate and operating equipment. The following table presents a breakdown of capitalized expenditures for the past three years and the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months Ended
March 31,		  
     2011      2010      2009      2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Billboard — Traditional

    $ 34,425       $ 9,506       $ 7,401       $ 5,066       $ 8,681   

Billboard — Digital

      41,250         13,214         15,178         7,910         8,433   

Logos

      10,141         8,483         5,275         1,319         2,158   

Transit

      817         876         5,488         21         208   

Land and buildings

      4,501         2,531         578         1,685         599   

PP&E

      15,936         8,842         4,895         3,746         8,734   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

Total capital expenditures

    $ 107,070       $ 43,452       $ 38,815       $ 19,747       $ 28,813   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

We expect our capital expenditures to be approximately $100 million in 2012.

 

28

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table presents certain items in our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,		  
     2011     2010     2009     2012     2011  

Net revenues

      100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 % 

Operating expenses:

           

Direct advertising expenses

      36.1        36.5        37.7        38.8        39.0   

General and administrative expenses

      17.9        18.2        17.7        19.9        20.0   

Corporate expenses

      4.1        4.3        4.0        4.7        4.5   

Depreciation and amortization

      26.4        28.6        31.9        27.2        28.9   

Operating income

      16.5        12.8        9.3        9.7        10.1   

Interest expense, net

      15.1        17.0        18.2        15.0        17.1   

Net income (loss)

      0.8        (3.7 )      (5.3 )      (8.6 )      (5.2 ) 

Three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to three months ended March 31, 2011

Net revenues increased $11.0 million or 4.3% to $266.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $255.2 million for the same period in 2011. This increase was attributable primarily to an increase in billboard net revenues of $9.1 million, which represents an increase of 4.0% over the prior period, an increase in logo sign revenue of $1.1 million, which represents an increase of 8.1% over the prior period, and a $0.8 million increase in transit revenue, which represents an increase of 6.9% over the prior period.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, there was a $10.6 million increase in net revenues as compared to acquisition-adjusted net revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2011, which represents an increase of 4.1%. See “Reconciliations” below. The $10.6 million increase in revenue primarily consists of a $8.6 million increase in billboard revenue, a $1.1 million net increase in transit revenue and a $0.9 million increase in logo revenue over the acquisition-adjusted net revenue for the comparable period in 2011.

Operating expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and gain on sale of assets, increased $6.8 million or 4.2% to $168.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $162.1 million for the same period in 2011. There was a $5.9 million increase in operating expenses related to the operations of our outdoor advertising assets and a $0.9 million increase in corporate expenses.

Depreciation and amortization expense remained relatively unchanged for the three months ended March 31, 2012, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2011.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, gain on sale of assets decreased $5.5 million as compared to the same period in 2011, primarily due to the $5.7 million gain recognized in February 2011 related to the sale of our then existing corporate aircraft.

Due to the above factors, operating income remained relatively constant at $25.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to $25.7 million for the same period in 2011.

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we recognized a $30.0 million loss on debt extinguishment related to the settlement of the tender offer for our 6 5/8% Notes. Approximately $14.4 million of the loss is a non-cash expense attributable to the write off of unamortized debt issuance fees and unamortized discounts associated with the tendered notes. See — “Uses of Cash – Tender Offers” for more information.

 

29

Table of Contents

Interest expense decreased $3.7 million from $43.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, to $39.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, due to the reduction in total debt outstanding in addition to a decrease in interest rates primarily resulting from our recent refinancing transactions. See – “Uses of Cash – Tender Offers” for more information.

The increase in operating income and the decrease in interest expense, offset by the loss in debt extinguishment, resulted in a $26.0 million increase in net loss before income taxes. This increase in loss resulted in an increase in income tax benefit of $16.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 over the same period in 2011. The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was 48.1%, which is greater than the statutory rates due to permanent differences resulting from non-deductible compensation expense related to stock options in accordance with ASC 718 and other non-deductible expenses and amortization.

As a result of the above factors, we recognized a net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2012 of $22.8 million, as compared to a net loss of $13.2 million for the same period in 2011.

Reconciliations:

Because acquisitions occurring after December 31, 2010 (the “acquired assets”) have contributed to our net revenue results for the periods presented, we provide 2011 acquisition-adjusted net revenue, which adjusts our 2011 net revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2011 by adding to it the net revenue generated by the acquired assets prior to our acquisition of these assets for the same time frame that those assets were owned in the three months ended March 31, 2012. We provide this information as a supplement to net revenues to enable investors to compare periods in 2012 and 2011 on a more consistent basis without the effects of acquisitions. Management uses this comparison to assess how well we are performing within our existing core assets.

Acquisition-adjusted net revenue is not determined in accordance with GAAP. For this adjustment, we measure the amount of pre-acquisition revenue generated by the acquired assets during the period in 2011 that corresponds with the actual period we have owned the assets in 2012 (to the extent within the period to which this report relates). We refer to this adjustment as “acquisition net revenue.”

Reconciliation of Reported Net Revenue to Acquisition-Adjusted Net Revenue

 

     Three months ended
March 31, 2011		  
     (In thousands)  

Reported net revenue

    $ 255,202   

Acquisition net revenue

      469   
  

 

 

  

Acquisition-adjusted net revenue

    $ 255,671   
  

 

 

  

Comparison of 2012 Reported Net Revenue to 2011 Acquisition-Adjusted Net Revenue

 

     Three months ended
March 31		  
     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Reported net revenue

    $ 266,238       $ 255,202   

Acquisition net revenue

      —           469   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

Adjusted totals

    $ 266,238       $ 255,671   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

30

Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to Year ended December 31, 2010

Net revenues increased $41.2 million or 3.8% to $1.13 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1.09 billion for the same period in 2010. This increase was attributable primarily to an increase in billboard net revenues of $31.0 million, or 3.1%, over the prior period, a $2.4 million increase in transit revenue, or 4.2%, over the prior period and a $7.9 million increase in logo revenue, or 15.9%, over the prior period.

Of the $31.0 million increase in billboard net revenue $8.2 million was generated by adding approximately 240 new digital display panels and approximately $22.8 million was a result of increased rate and occupancy, over the comparable period in 2010. The $7.9 million increase in logo revenue consists of a $4.0 million increase due to changes in logo contracts and an increase in internal growth of $3.9 million.

Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to acquisition-adjusted net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, increased $36.4 million or 3.3% primarily as a result of increased rate and occupancy, as compared to the same period in 2010. See “Reconciliations” below.

Operating expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and gain on sale of assets, increased $12.7 million, or 2.0%, to $657.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $645.0 million for the same period in 2010. There was a $6.2 million decrease in non-cash compensation expense related to equity based compensation, offset by a $16.2 million increase in operating expenses related to the cost of operating our core assets and a $2.7 million increase in corporate expenses.

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease is primarily a result of the reduction in the number of non performing structures dismantled during 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.

Due to the above factors, operating income increased $47.2 million to $186.7 million for year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $139.5 million for the same period in 2010.

Interest expense decreased $14.8 million from $185.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $171.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily resulting from the reduction in total debt outstanding as well as a decrease in interest rates resulting from the refinancing of our senior credit facility during 2010.

During the period ended December 31, 2011, we repurchased an aggregate principal amount of $47,900 of our outstanding 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B and 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C (collectively, the “6 5/8% Notes”). We repurchased the 6 5/8% Notes at an average price of 98.5% of the original amount of the notes through open-market transactions. As a result of the repurchases, we recorded a $0.7 million loss on early extinguishment of debt for the year ended December 31, 2011 of which approximately $1.4 million was a non-cash expense related to the previously capitalized unamortized debt issuance fees and discounts. During the comparable period in 2010, we recognized a $17.4 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt resulting from our 2010 refinancing transactions. Approximately $12.6 million of the 2010 loss is a non-cash expense attributable to the write off of unamortized debt issuance fees related to the tender offer to repurchase our 7 1/4% Notes and refinancing of the senior credit facility. The remaining $4.8 million represented the net cash loss related to the tender offer and extinguishment of the 7 1/4% Notes.

The increase in operating income and decrease in interest expense and loss on extinguishment of debt resulted in a $78.9 million increase in net income before income taxes. The increase in net income for the period resulted in an increase in income tax expense as compared to the same period during 2010. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 44.5%, which is higher than the statutory rate due to permanent differences resulting from non-deductible compensation expense related to stock options in accordance with ASC 718 and other non-deductible expenses and amortization.

 

31

Table of Contents

As a result of the above factors, we recognized net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $8.6 million, as compared to a net loss of $40.2 million for the same period in 2010.

Reconciliations

Because acquisitions occurring after December 31, 2009 (the “acquired assets”) have contributed to our net revenue results for the periods presented, we provide 2010 acquisition-adjusted net revenue, which adjusts our 2010 net revenue by adding to it the net revenue generated by the acquired assets prior to our acquisition of these assets for the same time frame that those assets were owned in 2011. We provide this information as a supplement to net revenues to enable investors to compare periods in 2011 and 2010 on a more consistent basis without the effects of acquisitions. Management uses this comparison to assess how well our core assets are performing.

Acquisition-adjusted net revenue is not determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). For this adjustment, we measure the amount of pre-acquisition revenue generated by the acquired assets during the period in 2010 that corresponds with the actual period we have owned the acquired assets in 2011 (to the extent within the period to which this report relates). We refer to this adjustment as “acquisition net revenue.”

Reconciliations of 2010 reported net revenue to 2010 acquisition-adjusted net revenue as well as a comparison of 2010 acquisition-adjusted net revenue to 2011 net revenue are provided below:

Comparison of 2011 Net Revenue to 2010 Acquisition-Adjusted Net Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Reported net revenue

    $ 1,133,487       $ 1,092,291   

Acquisition net revenue

      —           4,817   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

Adjusted totals

    $ 1,133,487       $ 1,097,10   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

Year ended December 31, 2010 compared to Year ended December 31, 2009

Net revenues increased $36.2 million or 3.4% to $1.09 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $1.06 billion for the same period in 2009. This increase was attributable primarily to an increase in billboard net revenues of $26.0 million, or 2.7%, over the prior period, a $7.6 million increase in transit revenue, or 15.0%, over the prior period and a $2.6 million increase in logo revenue, or 5.6%, over the prior period.

The increase in billboard net revenue of $26.0 million was a result of increased rate and occupancy, over the comparable period in 2009. The $7.6 million increase in transit revenue consists of a $2.7 million increase due to new transit contracts and an increase in internal growth of $4.9 million.

Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to acquisition-adjusted net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, increased $32.8 million or 3.1% primarily as a result of increased rate and occupancy, as compared to the same period in 2009. See “Reconciliations” below.

Operating expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and gain on sale of assets, increased $18.3 million, or 2.9%, to $645.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $626.7 million for the same period in 2009. There was a $5.4 million increase in non-cash compensation expense related to equity based compensation, as well as an $11.0 million increase in operating expenses related to the cost of operating our core assets and a $1.9 million increase in corporate expenses.

 

32

Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease is primarily a result of the reduction in the number of non-performing structures dismantled during 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009.

Due to the above factors, operating income increased $41.5 million to $139.5 million for year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $98.0 million for the same period in 2009.

Interest expense decreased $6.0 million from $191.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $185.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily resulting from debt refinancing efforts during 2010, as well as the reduction in amortized debt issuance fees during 2010 due to the early extinguishment of debt.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized a $17.4 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt resulting from our refinancing transactions. Approximately $12.6 million is a non-cash expense attributable to the write off of unamortized debt issuance fees related to the tender offer to repurchase our 7 1/4% Notes and the refinancing of our senior credit facility. The remaining $4.8 million represents the net cash loss related to the tender offer and extinguishment of the 7 1/4% Notes.

The increase in operating income and decrease in interest expense offset by the increase in the loss on extinguishment of debt resulted in a $28.6 million decrease in loss before income taxes. The decrease in net loss for the period resulted in a decrease in income tax benefit as compared to the same period during 2009. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 36.6%, which is higher than the statutory rate due to permanent differences resulting from non-deductible compensation expense related to stock options in accordance with ASC 718 and other non-deductible expenses and amortization.

As a result of the above factors, we recognized a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $40.2 million, as compared to a net loss of $55.8 million for the same period in 2009.

Reconciliations

Because acquisitions occurring after December 31, 2008 (the “acquired assets”) have contributed to our net revenue results for the periods presented, we provide 2009 acquisition-adjusted net revenue, which adjusts our 2009 net revenue by adding to it the net revenue generated by the acquired assets prior to our acquisition of these assets for the same time frame that those assets were owned in 2010. We provide this information as a supplement to net revenues to enable investors to compare periods in 2010 and 2009 on a more consistent basis without the effects of acquisitions. Management uses this comparison to assess how well our core assets are performing.

Acquisition-adjusted net revenue is not determined in accordance with GAAP. For this adjustment, we measure the amount of pre-acquisition revenue generated by the acquired assets during the period in 2009 that corresponds with the actual period we have owned the acquired assets in 2010 (to the extent within the period to which this report relates). We refer to this adjustment as “acquisition net revenue.”

 

33

Table of Contents

Reconciliations of 2009 reported net revenue to 2009 acquisition-adjusted net revenue as well as a comparison of 2009 acquisition-adjusted net revenue to 2010 net revenue are provided below:

Comparison of 2010 Net Revenue to 2009 Acquisition-Adjusted Net Revenue

 

     Year-Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009  
     (In thousands)  

Reported net revenue

    $ 1,092,291       $ 1,056,065   

Acquisition net revenue

      —           3,467   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

Adjusted totals

    $ 1,092,291       $ 1,059,532   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

We have historically satisfied our working capital requirements with cash from operations and borrowings under our senior credit facility. We are the borrower under the senior credit facility and maintain all corporate cash balances. Any cash requirements of Lamar Advertising, therefore, must be funded by distributions from us.

Sources of Cash

Total Liquidity at March 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2012 we had approximately $277.5 million of total liquidity, which is comprised of approximately $35.4 million in cash and cash equivalents and the ability to draw approximately $241.6 million under the revolving portion of our senior credit facility. We are currently in compliance with all applicable restrictive covenants under the senior credit facility and we would remain in compliance after giving effect to borrowing the full amount available to us under the revolving portion of the senior credit facility.

Cash Generated by Operations. For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 our cash provided by operating activities was $33.7 million and $26.3 million, respectively. While our net loss was approximately $22.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, we generated cash from operating activities of $33.7 million during that same period, primarily due to adjustments needed to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating activities of $87.9 million, which primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization of $72.4 and loss on debt extinguishment of $30.0 million, partially offset by the recognition of deferred tax benefits of $21.6 million. In addition, there was an increase in working capital of $31.4 million. We expect to generate cash flows from operations during 2012 in excess of our cash needs for operations and capital expenditures as described herein. We expect to use this excess cash principally to reduce outstanding indebtedness.

Credit Facilities. On February 9, 2012, we entered into a restatement agreement with respect to our existing senior credit facility in order to fund a new $100 million Term loan A facility and to make certain covenant changes to the senior credit facility, which was entered into on April 28, 2010, as amended on June 11, 2010, November 18, 2010 and February 9, 2012 (the “Senior Credit Facility”), for which JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. serves as administrative agent. The Senior Credit Facility consists of a $250 million revolving credit facility, a $270 million term loan A-1 facility, a $30 million term loan A-2 facility, a $100 million term loan A-3 facility, a $575 million term loan B facility and a $300 million incremental facility, which may be increased by up to an additional $200 million, based upon our satisfaction of a senior debt ratio test (as described below), of less than or equal to 3.25 to 1. We are the borrower under the Senior Credit Facility, except with respect to the $30 million term loan A-2 facility for which our wholly-owned subsidiary, Lamar Advertising of Puerto Rico, Inc. is the borrower. We may also from time to time designate additional wholly-owned subsidiaries as

 

34

Table of Contents

subsidiary borrowers under the incremental loan facility that can borrow up to $110 million of the incremental facility. Incremental loans may be in the form of additional term loan tranches or increases in the revolving credit facility. Our lenders have no obligation to make additional loans to us, or any designated subsidiary borrower, under the incremental facility, but may enter into such commitments in their sole discretion.

As of March 31, 2012, we had approximately $241.6 million of unused capacity under the revolving credit facility included in the Senior Credit Facility. As of March 31, 2012, the aggregate balance outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility was $695.5 million.

Note Offerings. On February 9, 2012, we completed an institutional private placement of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2022. The institutional private placement resulted in net proceeds to us of approximately $489 million. We used the proceeds of this offering, after the payment of fees and expenses together with approximately $99 million of net proceeds from our term loan A-3 facility to repurchase $583.1 million of our outstanding 6 5/8% Notes, as described below under the heading “ — Uses of Cash — Tender Offers”.

On April 22, 2010, we completed an institutional private placement of $400 million aggregate principal amount of 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 the (“7 7/8% Notes”). The institutional private placement resulted in net proceeds to us of approximately $392 million. We used the proceeds of the offering, after the payment of fees and expenses, to repurchase all of our outstanding 7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “7 1/4% Notes”), as described below under the heading “— Uses of Cash — Tender Offers”.

On March 27, 2009, we completed an institutional private placement of $350 million in aggregate principal amount (approximately $314.9 million in gross proceeds) of 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “9 3/4% Senior Notes”). The 9 3/4% Senior Notes are unsecured obligations that rank senior to all of our existing and future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, including our 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022, 7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (all of which were repurchased in 2010) and 6 5/8% Notes ($582.9 million of which were repurchased in February 2012). The senior notes rank equally with all of our existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated and are effectively subordinated to all of our secured debt (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt), including the Senior Credit Facility, and structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior notes. We distributed the proceeds of the offering, after the payment of fees and expenses, to Lamar Advertising to repurchase $284.1 million in principal amount of 2 7/8% Convertible Notes due 2010 — Series B and to fund repayment of the remaining convertible notes at maturity on December 31, 2010.

Factors Affecting Sources of Liquidity

Internally Generated Funds. The key factors affecting internally generated cash flow are general economic conditions, specific economic conditions in the markets where we conduct our business and overall spending on advertising by advertisers.

Credit Facilities and Other Debt Securities. We must comply with certain covenants and restrictions related to the Senior Credit Facility and our outstanding debt securities.

Restrictions Under Debt Securities. We must comply with certain covenants and restrictions related to our outstanding debt securities. Currently we have outstanding approximately $122.8 million 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 issued August 2005, $36.1 million 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 — Series B issued in August 2006 and $101.1 million 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 — Series C issued in October 2007 (collectively, the “6 5/8% Notes”), $350 million 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014 issued in March 2009 (the “9 3/4% Notes), $400 million 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (the “7 7/8% Notes”) and $500 million 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022 (the “5 7/8% Notes”).

 

35

Table of Contents

The indentures relating to our outstanding notes restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness but permit the incurrence of indebtedness (including indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility), (i) if no default or event of default would result from such incurrence and (ii) if after giving effect to any such incurrence, the leverage ratio (defined as total consolidated debt to trailing four fiscal quarter EBITDA (as defined in the indentures)) would be less than (a) 6.5 to 1, pursuant to the 9 3/4% Notes indenture, and (b) 7.0 to 1, pursuant to the 6 5/8% Notes, 7 7/8% Notes and 5 7/8% Notes indentures.

In addition to debt incurred under the provisions described in the preceding sentence, the indentures relating to our outstanding notes permit us to incur indebtedness pursuant to the following baskets:

 

  •  

up to $1.3 billion of indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility allowable under the 6 5/8% Notes indenture, up to $1.4 billion of indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility allowable under the 9 3/4% Notes indenture and up to $1.5 billion of indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility allowable under the 7 7/8% Notes and 5 7/8% Notes indentures;

 

  •  

currently outstanding indebtedness or debt incurred to refinance outstanding debt;

 

  •  

inter-company debt between us and our subsidiaries or between subsidiaries;

 

  •  

certain purchase money indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations to acquire or lease property in the ordinary course of business that cannot exceed the greater of $50 million or 5% of our net tangible assets; and

 

  •  

additional debt not to exceed $50 million ($75 million under the 7 7/8% Notes and 5 7/8% Notes indentures).

Restrictions under Senior Credit Facility. We are required to comply with certain covenants and restrictions under the Senior Credit Facility. If we fail to comply with these tests, the long term debt payments may be accelerated. At March 31, 2012, and currently, we are in compliance with all such tests. We must be in compliance with the following financial ratios under the Senior Credit Facility:

 

  •  

a total holdings debt ratio, defined as total consolidated debt of Lamar Advertising Company and its restricted subsidiaries as of any date to EBITDA, as defined below, for the most recent four fiscal quarters then ended as set forth below:

 

Period

    Ratio  

March 31, 2012 through and including March 30, 2013

      6.25 to 1.00   

From and after March 31, 2013

      6.00 to 1.00   

 

  •  

a senior debt ratio, defined as total consolidated senior debt of us and our restricted subsidiaries to EBITDA, as defined below, for the most recent four fiscal quarters then ended of less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00 and

 

  •  

a fixed charges coverage ratio, defined as the ratio of EBITDA, as defined below, for the most recent four fiscal quarters to the sum of (1) the total payments of principal and interest on debt for such period, plus (2) capital expenditures made during such period, plus (3) income and franchise tax payments made during such period, plus (4) dividends, of greater than 1.05 to 1.

The definition of “EBITDA” under the Senior Credit Facility is as follows: “EBITDA” means, for any period, operating income for Lamar Advertising and its restricted subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP) for such period (calculated before taxes, interest expense, depreciation, amortization and any other non-cash income or charges accrued for such period, one-time cash restructuring and cash severance changes in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009 of up to $2,500,000 aggregate amount, charges and expenses in connection with the credit facility transactions and the repurchase or redemption of our 7 1/4% Notes and (except to the extent received or paid in cash by Lamar Advertising or any

 

36

Table of Contents

of its restricted subsidiaries) income or loss attributable to equity in affiliates for such period) excluding any extraordinary and unusual gains or losses during such period and excluding the proceeds of any casualty events whereby insurance or other proceeds are received and certain dispositions not in the ordinary course. For purposes of calculating EBITDA, the effect on such calculation of any adjustments required under Statement of Accounting Standards No. 141R is excluded.

Excess Cash Flow Payments. We may be required to make certain mandatory prepayments on loans outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility that would be applied first to any outstanding term loans, commencing with the year ended December 31, 2010. These payments, if any, are determined annually and are calculated based on a percentage of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Senior Credit Facility) at the end of each fiscal year. The percentage of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow that must be applied to repay outstanding loans was set at 50% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. For fiscal years ending on or after December 31, 2012, this percentage is subject to reduction to 0% if the total holdings debt ratio, as described above, is less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00 as of the last day of such fiscal year. At December 31, 2011, we were not required to make a mandatory prepayment since there was a consolidated cash flow deficit, in accordance with the calculation as defined in the Senior Credit Facility and the total holdings debt ratio was less than 5.00 to 1.00.

We believe that our current level of cash on hand, availability under the Senior Credit Facility and future cash flows from operations are sufficient to meet our operating needs through fiscal 2012. All debt obligations are reflected on our balance sheet.

Uses of Cash

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures excluding acquisitions were approximately $19.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. We anticipate our 2012 total capital expenditures will be approximately $100 million.

Acquisitions. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we financed our acquisition activity of $6.1 million with cash on hand. In light of the current economic environment, we plan to continue to limit acquisition activity during 2012 with no material spending currently planned for acquisitions.

Note Repurchases. During September and October of 2011, we repurchased an aggregate principal amount of $47.9 million of our outstanding 6 5/8% Notes due 2015 at an average price of 98.5% of the original amount of the notes through open-market transactions.

Tender Offers. On January 26, 2012, we commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash, up to $700 million in aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 6 5/8% Notes. On February 9, 2012, we accepted tenders for approximately $483.7 million in aggregate principal amount of the 6 5/8% Notes, out of approximately $582.9 million tendered, in connection with the early settlement date of the tender offer. On February 27, 2012, we accepted tenders for approximately $99.2 million previously tendered and not accepted for payment and an additional $0.2 million tendered following the early settlement date. The holders of the notes tendered on or before midnight on February 8, 2012 received a total consideration of $1,025.83 per $1,000 principal amount of the notes tendered; holders of notes tendered after such date received a total consideration of $1,005.83 per $1,000 principal amount of the notes tendered. The total cash payment to purchase the tendered 6 5/8% Notes on February 9, 2012, including accrued interest up to but excluding February 9, 2012 was approximately $511.6 million and the total cash payment to purchase the tendered notes on February 27, 2012, including accrued interest up to but excluding February 27, 2012 was approximately $102.3 million, resulting in an aggregate payment in respect of the 6 5/8% Notes tender offer of approximately $613.9 million.

On April 8, 2010, we commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash any and all of our outstanding 7 1/4% Notes. In conjunction with the tender offer, we also solicited consents from the holders of the 7 1/4% Notes to amend the 7 1/4% Notes to eliminate certain covenants and amend certain provisions of the indenture governing

 

37

Table of Contents

the 7 1/4% Notes. On April 22, 2010 we accepted tenders for approximately $365.4 million in aggregate principal amount of the 7 1/4% Notes in connection with the early settlement date of the tender offer. The holders of accepted notes received a total consideration of $1,012.08 per $1,000 principal amount of the notes tendered. The total cash payment to purchase the tendered 7 1/4% Notes, including accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding April 22, 2010 was approximately $378 million. Tendering holders also delivered the requisite consents authorizing us to remove certain covenants in the 7 1/4% Notes. These consents authorized entry into a Supplemental Indenture, which reflects the amendments to the 7 1/4% Notes discussed above. On May 6, 2010, we accepted tenders for an additional $169 thousand in aggregate principal amount of 7 1/4% Notes in connection with the final settlement of the tender offer. On June 7, 2010, we redeemed the remaining $19.4 million in outstanding 7 1/4% Notes.

On March 23, 2009, Lamar Advertising commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash any and all of its outstanding 2 7/8% Convertible Notes due 2010 — Series B. The tender offer expired on April 17, 2009. As a result of the tender offer, Lamar Advertising accepted for payment $153.6 million principal amount of notes at a purchase price of $142.7 million, which was 92% of the original principal amount of the notes, including all accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including the payment date of April 20, 2009.

On June 6, 2009, Lamar Advertising commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash any and all of its remaining outstanding 2 7/8% Convertible Notes due 2010 — Series B. The tender offer expired on July 14, 2009. As a result of the tender offer, Lamar Advertising accepted for payment $120.4 million in principal amount of notes at a purchase price of $117.8 million, which was 97.75% of the original amount of the notes, including all accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including the payment date of July 15, 2009. Pursuant to the terms of the tender offer, convertible notes not tendered, or tendered and validly withdrawn, in the tender offer remained outstanding, and the terms and conditions governing the notes, including the covenants and other provisions contained in the indentures governing the notes, remained unchanged.

In addition, on August 18, 2009, Lamar Advertising accepted for payment $7.1 million in principal amount of 2 7/8% Convertible Notes due 2010 — Series B, which was 99.9% of the original amount of the notes and on October 6, 2009, Lamar Advertising accepted for payment $3.0 million in principal amount of 2 7/8% Convertible Notes due 2010-Series B, which was 99.75% of the original amount of the notes. Both of these prepayments were in privately negotiated transactions. In March 2010, Lamar Advertising accepted for payment $1,000 in principal amount of 2 7/8% Convertible Notes due 2010 at a purchase price of 100% of the original amount of the notes, through a privately negotiated transaction. The remaining 2 7/8% convertible notes matured and were repaid on December 31, 2010 pursuant to their terms.

Stock Repurchase Program. Lamar Advertising’s Board of Directors adopted a $500 million repurchase plan in February 2007, which expired on February 22, 2009. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, Lamar Advertising purchased approximately 2.6 million shares and 6.7 million shares of its Class A common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $90.5 million and $383.6 million, respectively. During 2009 Lamar Advertising did not purchase any shares under the plan prior to its expiration. Shares repurchased under the plan were made on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing and amount of the shares repurchased were determined by Lamar Advertising’s management based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. All repurchased shares are available for future use for general corporate and other purposes.

Debt Service and Contractual Obligations. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we reduced our overall indebtedness by $250.6 million. The reduction in total debt outstanding primarily resulted from scheduled principal maturities as well as optional prepayments under the Senior Credit Facility totaling $213 million and approximately $47.9 million in repurchases of our outstanding 6 5/8% Notes due 2015. As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding debt of approximately $2.16 billion. In the future, we have principal reduction

 

38

Table of Contents

obligations and revolver commitment reductions under the Senior Credit Facility. In addition, we have fixed commercial commitments. These commitments are detailed as follows:

 

            Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations

    Total      Less Than
1 Year		      1 - 3 Years      3 - 5 Years      After
5 Years		  
     (In millions)  

Long-Term Debt

    $ 2,158.5       $ 17.3       $ 421.5       $ 1,319.7       $ 400.0   

Interest obligations on long term debt(1)

      596.5         134.8         284.9         133.5         43.3   

Billboard site and other operating leases

      1,090.4         145.5         237.6         172.8         534.5   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

Total payments due

    $ 3,845.4       $ 297.6       $ 944.0       $ 1,626.0       $ 977.8   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

(1) Interest rates on our variable rate instruments are assuming rates at the December 2011 levels.

 

            Amount of Expiration Per Period  

Other Commercial Commitments

    Total Amount
Committed		      Less Than
1 Year		      1 - 3 Years      3 - 5 Years      After
5 Years		  
     (In millions)  

Revolving Bank Facility(2)

    $ 250.0       $ —         $ —         $ 250.0       $ —     

Standby Letters of Credit(3)

    $ 9.4       $ 8.7       $ 0.7       $ —         $ —     

 

(2) We had $0.0 outstanding under the revolving facility at December 31, 2011.
(3) The standby letters of credit are issued under our revolving bank facility and reduce the availability of the facility by the same amount.

Cash Flows

Our cash flows provided by operating activities increased by $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulting from an increase in net income of $48.8 million as described in “Results of Operations”, offset by a decrease in changes to operating net assets of $30.8 million and a decrease in adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities of $12.7 million.

Cash flows used in investing activities increased $75.8 million from $41.5 million in 2010 to $117.3 million in 2011 primarily due to an increase in capital expenditures of $63.6 million and an increase in acquisition activity of $16.8 million as compared to the same period in 2010.

Cash flows used in financing activities was $248.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to the net payments under the Senior Credit Facility of $213.9 million and the $47.2 million of the payments on the 6 5/8% notes.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our results of operations and liquidity and capital resources are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to long-lived asset recovery, intangible assets, goodwill impairment, deferred taxes, asset retirement obligations, stock-based compensation and allowance for doubtful accounts. We base our estimates on historical and anticipated results and trends and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, including assumptions as to future events and, where applicable, established valuation techniques. These estimates form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. By their nature, estimates are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. Actual results may differ from our estimates. We believe that the following significant accounting policies and assumptions may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity than others.

 

39

Table of Contents

Long-Lived Asset Recovery

Long-lived assets, consisting primarily of property, plant and equipment and intangibles comprise a significant portion of our total assets. Property, plant and equipment of $1.2 billion and intangible assets of $476.4 million are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances have indicated that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset before interest expense. These undiscounted cash flow projections are based on management’s assumptions surrounding future operating results and the anticipated future economic environment. If actual results differ from management’s assumptions, an impairment of these intangible assets may exist and a charge to income would be made in the period such impairment is determined. During the year ended December 31, 2011 there were no indications that an impairment test was necessary.

Intangible Assets

We have significant intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet. Intangible assets primarily represent site locations of $457.8 million and customer relationships of $16.8 million associated with our acquisitions. The fair values of intangible assets recorded are determined using discounted cash flow models that require management to make assumptions related to future operating results, including projecting net revenue growth discounted using current cost of capital rates, of each acquisition and the anticipated future economic environment. If actual results differ from management’s assumptions, an impairment of these intangibles may exist and a charge to income would be made in the period such impairment is determined. Historically no impairment charge has been required with respect to our intangible assets.

Goodwill Impairment

We have a significant amount of goodwill on our balance sheet and must perform an impairment test of goodwill annually or on a more frequent basis if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The first step of the impairment test requires management to determine the implied fair value of our reporting units and compare them to their book value (including goodwill). To the extent the book value of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, we would be required to perform the second step of the impairment test, as this is an indicator that the reporting unit may be impaired. Impairment testing involves various estimates and assumptions, which could vary, and an analysis of relevant market data and market capitalization.

We have identified two reporting units (Logo operations and Billboard operations) in accordance with ASC 350. No changes have been made to our reporting units from the prior period. The reporting units and their carrying amounts of goodwill as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     Carrying Value of Goodwill  
     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
     (In thousands)  

Billboard operations

    $ 1,415,735       $ 1,415,022   

Logo operations

      961         961   

We believe there are numerous facts and circumstances that need to be considered when estimating the reasonableness of the reporting unit’s estimated fair value. In conducting our impairment test, we assessed the reasonableness of the reporting unit’s estimated fair value based on both market capitalization and discounted future cash flows. The discounted cash flow analysis incorporated various growth rate assumptions and discounting based on a present value factor.

 

40

Table of Contents

Consideration of market capitalization

We first considered the market capitalization of our parent Lamar Advertising as of its annual impairment testing date of December 31. The market capitalization of its Class A common stock as of December 31, 2011 was $2.5 billion compared to Lamar Advertising’s stockholders’ equity of $839.0 million as of that date, resulting in an excess of approximately $1.7 billion, which is substantially in excess of its book value. We consider market capitalization over book value a strong indicator that no impairment of goodwill exists as of the measurement date of December 31, 2011. The following table presents the market capitalization and aggregate book value of the reporting units as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Equity Book Value      Market
Capitalization(1)		  
     (In thousands)  

Aggregate Values as of December 31, 2011

    $ 838,998       $ 2,549,15   

 

(1) Market capitalization was calculated using a 10-day average of the closing prices of the Class A common stock beginning 5 trading days prior to the measurement date.

Calculations of Fair Value using Discounted Cash Flow Analysis

We also estimate fair value using a discounted cash flow analysis that compares the estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit to the book value of the reporting unit. The discount rate and projected revenue and EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization) growth rates are significant assumptions utilized in our calculation of the present value of cash flows used to estimate fair value of the reporting units. These assumptions could be adversely impacted by certain risks including deterioration in industry and economic conditions. See discussion under the heading “Risk Factors” above. For additional information about goodwill, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our discount rate assumption is based on our cost of capital, which we determine annually based on our estimated costs of debt and equity relative to our capital structure. As of December 31, 2011 our weighted average cost of capital (WACC) was approximately 10%.

In developing our revenue and EBITDA growth rates, we consider our historical performance and current market trends in the markets in which we operate. The five year projected Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) used in our discounted cash flow analysis for billboard revenue and billboard EBITDA was 5.6% and 8.3%, respectively, and our logo operations revenue and EBITDA CAGR was 2.2% and 1.1%, respectively. The projected CAGR for revenue and EBITDA discussed above would have to deteriorate significantly, among other factors, before further testing of goodwill impairment would be necessary for our reporting units.

The fair values calculated as of December 31, 2011, using the discounted cash flow analysis described above for both reporting units were substantially in excess of their book values. Assumptions used in our impairment test, such as forecasted growth rates and our cost of capital, are based on the best available market information and are consistent with our internal forecast and operating plans. The following table presents the aggregate fair value of our reporting units and aggregate book value of the reporting units as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Equity Book Value      Fair Value (1)  
     (In thousands)  

Aggregate Values as of December 31, 2011

    $ 838,998       $ 3,666,431   

 

(1) Fair Value is calculated using the discounted cash flow analysis described above.

 

41

Table of Contents

Based upon our annual review as of December 31, 2011, using both the market capitalization approach and discounted cash flow analysis, there was no indication of a potential impairment and, therefore, the second step of the impairment test was not required and no impairment charge was necessary.

Deferred Taxes. As of December 31, 2011, we had deferred tax assets of $213.7 million, a component of which is our operating loss carry forward, net of existing valuation allowances. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in those jurisdictions during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carry back and carry forward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. In order to fully realize the deferred tax assets, we will need to generate future taxable income before the expiration of the carry forwards governed by the tax code. Based on the current level of pretax earnings for financial reporting purposes and projected decreases in future depreciation and amortization, we will generate the minimum amount of future taxable income to support the realization of the deferred tax assets. Additionally, we have a significant amount of deferred tax liabilities that will reverse during the same period and jurisdiction and is of the same character as the temporary differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets. As a result, management believes that it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2011. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry forward period are reduced. Should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such determination was made. For a more detailed description, see Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Asset Retirement Obligations. We had an asset retirement obligation of $180.7 million as of December 31, 2011. This liability relates to our obligation upon the termination or non-renewal of a lease to dismantle and remove our billboard structures from the leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition. We record the present value of obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets in the period in which they are incurred. The liability is capitalized as part of the related long-lived asset’s carrying amount. Over time, accretion of the liability is recognized as an operating expense and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the expected useful life of the related asset. In calculating the liability, we calculate the present value of the estimated cost to dismantle using an average cost to dismantle, adjusted for inflation and market risk.

This calculation includes 100% of our billboard structures on leased land (which currently consist of approximately 71,000 structures). We use a 15-year retirement period based on historical operating experience in our core markets, including the actual time that billboard structures have been located on leased land in such markets and the actual length of the leases in the core markets, which includes the initial term of the lease, plus consideration of any renewal period. Historical third-party cost information is used with respect to the dismantling of the structures and the reclamation of the site. The interest rate used to calculate the present value of such costs over the retirement period is based on our historical credit-adjusted risk free rate.

Stock-based Compensation. Share-based compensation expense is based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. Share-Based Payment Accounting requires the use of a valuation model to calculate the fair value of share-based awards. We have elected to use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model incorporates various assumptions, including volatility, expected life and interest rates. The expected life is based on the observed and expected time to post-vesting exercise and forfeitures of stock options by our employees. Upon the adoption of Share-Based Payment Accounting, we used a combination of historical and implied volatility, or blended volatility, in deriving the expected volatility assumption as allowed under Share-Based Payment Accounting. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates appropriate for the term of our stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. Share-Based Payment Accounting

 

42

Table of Contents

requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on our historical experience. If factors change and we employ different assumptions in the application of Share-Based Payment Accounting in future periods, the compensation expense that we record under Share-Based Payment Accounting may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period. During 2011, we recorded $7.9 million as compensation expense related to stock options and employee stock purchases. We evaluate and adjust our assumptions on an annual basis. See Note 14 “Stock Compensation Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts based on the payment patterns of our customers. Management analyzes historical results, the economic environment, changes in the credit worthiness of our customers, and other relevant factors in determining the adequacy of our allowance. Bad debt expense was $7.6 million, $8.7 million and $12.7 million or approximately 0.7%, 0.8% and 1.2% of net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. If the future economic environment declines, the inability of customers to pay may occur and the allowance for doubtful accounts may need to be increased, which will result in additional bad debt expense in future years.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk in connection with variable rate debt instruments that we have issued. Loans under our Senior Credit Facility bear interest at variable rates equal to the JPMorgan Chase Prime Rate or LIBOR plus the applicable margin. Because the JPMorgan Chase Prime Rate or LIBOR may increase or decrease at any time, we are exposed to market risk as a result of the impact that changes in these base rates may have on the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility. Increases in the interest rates applicable to borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility would result in increased interest expense and a reduction in our net income.

At March 31, 2012, there was approximately $695.5 million of aggregate indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility, or approximately 31.8% of our outstanding long-term debt on that date, bearing interest at variable rates. The aggregate interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 with respect to borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility was $6.1 million, and the weighted average interest rate applicable to borrowings under this credit facility during the three months ended March 31, 2012 was 3.3%. Assuming that the weighted average interest rate was 200-basis points higher (that is 5.3% rather than 3.3%), then our interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 would have been approximately $3.3 million higher, resulting in a $2.0 million increase in our net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

We have attempted to mitigate the interest rate risk resulting from our variable interest rate long-term debt instruments by issuing fixed rate, long-term debt instruments and maintaining a balance over time between the amount of our variable rate and fixed rate indebtedness. In addition, we have the capability under the Senior Credit Facility to fix the interest rates applicable to our borrowings at an amount equal to LIBOR plus the applicable margin for periods of up to twelve months, (in certain cases, with the consent of the lenders) which would allow us to mitigate the impact of short-term fluctuations in market interest rates. In the event of an increase in interest rates, we may take further actions to mitigate our exposure. We cannot guarantee, however, that the actions that we may take to mitigate this risk will be feasible or that, if these actions are taken, they will be effective.

 

43

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

General

We are one of the largest outdoor advertising companies in the United States based on number of displays and have operated under the Lamar name since 1902. We operate in a single operating and reporting segment, advertising. As of March 31, 2012, we owned and operated over 142,000 billboard advertising displays in 44 states, Canada and Puerto Rico, over 112,000 logo advertising displays in 22 states and the province of Ontario, Canada, and operated approximately 30,000 transit advertising displays in 16 states, Canada and Puerto Rico. We offer our customers a fully integrated service, satisfying all aspects of their billboard display requirements from ad copy production to placement and maintenance.

Our Business

We operate three types of outdoor advertising displays: billboards, logo signs and transit advertising displays.

Billboards. We sell most of our advertising space on two types of billboards: bulletins and posters.

 

  •  

Bulletins are generally large, illuminated advertising structures that are located on major highways and target vehicular traffic.

 

  •  

Posters are generally smaller advertising structures that are located on major traffic arteries and city streets and target vehicular and pedestrian traffic.

In addition to these traditional billboards, we also sell advertising space on digital billboards, which are generally located on major traffic arteries and city streets. As of March 31, 2012, we owned and operated over 1,400 digital billboard advertising displays in 40 states, Canada and Puerto Rico.

Logo Signs. We sell advertising space on logo signs located near highway exits.

 

  •  

Logo signs generally advertise nearby gas, food, camping, lodging and other attractions.

 

  •  

We are the largest provider of logo signs in the United States, operating 22 of the 27 privatized state logo sign contracts. As of March 31, 2012, we operated over 112,000 logo sign advertising displays in 22 states and Canada.

Transit Advertising Displays. We also sell advertising space on the exterior and interior of public transportation vehicles, transit shelters and benches in approximately 60 markets. As of March 31, 2012, we operated approximately 30,000 transit advertising displays in 16 states, Canada and Puerto Rico.

Corporate History

We have operated under the Lamar name since our founding in 1902 and have been publicly traded on NASDAQ under the symbol “LAMR” since 1996. We completed a reorganization on July 20, 1999 that created our current holding company structure. At that time, the operating company (then called Lamar Advertising Company) was renamed Lamar Media Corp., and all of the operating company’s stockholders became stockholders of a new holding company. The new holding company then took the Lamar Advertising Company name, and Lamar Media Corp. became a wholly owned subsidiary of Lamar Advertising Company.

Where You Can Find More Information

We make our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports available free of charge through our website, www.lamar.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing them with, or furnishing them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained on the website is not part of this prospectus.

 

44

Table of Contents

Operating Strategies

We strive to be a leading provider of outdoor advertising services in each of the markets that we serve, and our operating strategies for achieving that goal include:

Continuing to Provide High Quality Local Sales and Service. We seek to identify and closely monitor the needs of our customers and to provide them with a full complement of high quality advertising services. Local advertising constituted approximately 80% of our net revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which management believes is higher than the industry average. We believe that the experience of our regional and local managers has contributed greatly to our success. For example, our regional managers have been with us for an average of 29 years. In an effort to provide high quality sales and service at the local level, we employed approximately 760 local account executives as of March 31, 2012. Local account executives are typically supported by additional local staff and have the ability to draw upon the resources of the central office, as well as our offices in other markets, in the event business opportunities or customers’ needs support such an allocation of resources.

Continuing a Centralized Control and Decentralized Management Structure. Our management believes that, for our particular business, centralized control and a decentralized organization provide for greater economies of scale and are more responsive to local market demands. Therefore, we maintain centralized accounting and financial control over our local operations, but our the local managers are responsible for the day-to-day operations in each local market and are compensated according to that market’s financial performance.

Continuing to Focus on Internal Growth. Within our existing markets, we seek to increase our revenue and improve cash flow by employing highly-targeted local marketing efforts to improve our display occupancy rates and by increasing advertising rates where and when demand can absorb rate increases. Our local offices spearhead this effort and respond to local customer demands quickly.

In addition, we routinely invest in upgrading our existing displays and constructing new displays. From January 1, 2000 to March 31, 2012, we invested approximately $1.37 billion in capitalized expenditures, which include improvements to our existing displays and construction of new displays. Our regular improvement and expansion of our advertising display inventory allows us to provide high quality service to our current advertisers and to attract new advertisers.

Continuing to Pursue Other Outdoor Advertising Opportunities. We plan to pursue additional logo sign contracts. Logo sign opportunities arise periodically, both from states initiating new logo sign programs and states converting from government-owned and operated programs to privately-owned and operated programs. Furthermore, we plan to pursue additional tourist oriented directional sign programs in both the United States and Canada and also other motorist information signing programs as opportunities present themselves. In addition, in an effort to maintain market share, we continue to pursue attractive transit advertising opportunities as they become available.

Reinvesting in capital expenditures including digital technology. We have historically invested in capital expenditures, however, during 2009 and 2010, we significantly reduced our capital expenditures to position us to manage through the economic recession. As a result of the economic recovery, we began to reinvest in capital expenditures during 2011. We spent approximately $107 million in total capital expenditures in fiscal 2011, of which $41.3 million was spent on digital technology. We expect our 2012 capitalized expenditures to closely approximate our spending in 2011.

 

45

Table of Contents

Company Operations

Billboard Advertising

We sell most of our advertising space on two types of billboard advertising displays: bulletins and posters. As of March 31, 2012, we owned and operated over 142,000 billboard advertising displays in 44 states, Canada and Puerto Rico. In the three months ended March 31, 2012, we derived approximately 74% of our billboard advertising net revenues from bulletin sales and 26% from poster sales.

Bulletins are large, advertising structures (the most common size is fourteen feet high by forty-eight feet wide, or 672 square feet) consisting of panels on which advertising copy is displayed. We wrap advertising copy printed with computer-generated graphics on a single sheet of vinyl around the structure. To attract more attention, some of the panels may extend beyond the linear edges of the display face and may include three-dimensional embellishments. Because of their greater impact and higher cost, bulletins are usually located on major highways and target vehicular traffic. At March 31, 2012, we operated approximately 65,000 bulletin displays.

We generally sell individually-selected bulletin space to advertisers for the duration of the contract (usually one to twelve months). We also sell bulletins as part of a rotary plan under which we rotate the advertising copy from one bulletin location to another within a particular market at stated intervals (usually every sixty to ninety days) to achieve greater reach within that market.

Posters are smaller advertising structures (the most common size is eleven feet high by twenty-three feet wide, or 250 square feet; we also operate junior posters, which are five feet high by eleven feet wide, or 55 square feet). Poster panels utilize a single flexible sheet of polyethylene material that inserts into the face of the panel. Posters are concentrated on major traffic arteries and target vehicular traffic, and junior posters are concentrated on city streets and target hard-to-reach pedestrian traffic and nearby residents. At March 31, 2012, we operated approximately 77,000 poster displays.

We generally sell poster space for thirty- and sixty-day periods in packages called “showings,” which comprise a given number of displays in a specified market area. We place and spread out the displays making up a showing in well-traveled areas to reach a wide audience in the particular market.

In addition to the traditional displays described above, we also sell digital billboards. Digital billboards are large electronic light emitting diode (LED) displays (the most common sizes are fourteen feet high by forty feet wide, or 560 square feet; ten and a half feet high by thirty six feet wide, or 378 square feet; and ten feet high by twenty-one feet wide, or 210 square feet) that are generally located on major traffic arteries and city streets. Digital billboards are capable of generating over one billion colors and vary in brightness based on ambient conditions. They display completely digital advertising copy from various advertisers in a slide show fashion, rotating each advertisement approximately every 6 to 8 seconds. At March 31, 2012, we operated over 1,400 digital billboards in various markets, which represents approximately 13% of billboard revenue.

We own the physical structures on which the advertising copy is displayed. We build the structures on locations we either own or lease. In each local office one employee typically performs site leasing activities for the markets served by that office.

In the majority of our markets, our local production staffs perform the full range of activities required to create and install billboard advertising displays. Production work includes creating the advertising copy design and layout, coordinating its printing and installing the designs on the displays. We provide our production services to local advertisers and to advertisers that are not represented by advertising agencies, as most national advertisers represented by advertising agencies use preprinted designs that require only our installation. Our talented design staff uses state-of-the-art technology to prepare creative, eye-catching displays for our customers. We can also help with the strategic placement of advertisements throughout an advertiser’s market by using software that allows us to analyze the target audience and its demographics. Our artists also assist in developing marketing presentations, demonstrations and strategies to attract new customers.

 

46

Table of Contents

In marketing billboard displays to advertisers, we compete with other forms of out-of-home advertising and other media. When selecting the media and provider through which to advertise, advertisers consider a number of factors and advertising providers which are described in the section entitled “— Competition” below.

Logo Sign Advertising

We entered the logo sign advertising business in 1988 and have become the largest provider of logo sign services in the United States, operating 22 of the 27 privatized state logo contracts. We erect logo signs, which generally advertise nearby gas, food, camping, lodging and other attractions, and directional signs, which direct vehicle traffic to nearby services and tourist attractions, near highway exits. As of March 31, 2012, we operated over 34,000 logo sign structures containing over 112,000 logo advertising displays in the United States and Canada.

We operate the logo sign contracts in the province of Ontario, Canada and in the following states:

 

Colorado    Louisiana    Montana    Ohio
Delaware    Maine    Nebraska    Oklahoma
Florida    Michigan    Nevada    South Carolina
Georgia    Minnesota    New Jersey    Utah
Kansas    Mississippi    New Mexico    Virginia
Kentucky    Missouri(1)      

 

(1) The logo sign contract in Missouri is operated by a 66 2/3% owned partnership.

We also operate the tourist oriented directional signing (“TODS”) programs for the states of Nevada, Colorado, Nebraska, Missouri, Michigan, Montana, Ohio, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Virginia and New Jersey, and the province of Ontario, Canada.

Our logo and TODS operations are decentralized. Generally, each office is staffed with an experienced local general manager, local sales and office staff and a local signing sub-contractor. This decentralization allows the management staff of Interstate Logos, L.L.C. (the subsidiary that operates all of the logo and directional sign-related businesses) to travel extensively to the various operations and serve in a technical and management advisory capacity and monitor regulatory and contract compliance. We also run a silk screening operation in Baton Rouge, Louisiana and a display construction company in Atlanta, Georgia.

State logo sign contracts represent the exclusive right to erect and operate logo signs within a state for a period of time. The terms of the contracts vary, but generally range from five to ten years, with additional renewal terms. Each logo sign contract generally allows the state to terminate the contract prior to its expiration and, in most cases, with compensation for the termination to be paid to us. When a logo sign contract expires, we transfer ownership of the advertising structures to the state. Depending on the contract, we may or may not be entitled to compensation at that time. Of our 23 logo sign contracts in place, in the United States and Canada, at March 31, 2012, two are subject to renewal in the next twelve months.

States usually award new logo sign contracts and renew expiring logo sign contracts through an open proposal process. In bidding for new and renewal contracts, we compete against three other national logo sign providers, as well as local companies based in the state soliciting proposals.

In marketing logo signs to advertisers, we compete with other forms of out-of-home advertising and other media. When selecting the media and provider through which to advertise, advertisers consider a number of factors and advertising providers which are described in the section entitled — “Competition” below.

 

47

Table of Contents

Transit Advertising

We entered into the transit advertising business in 1993 as a way to complement our existing business and maintain market share in certain markets. We provide transit advertising displays on bus shelters, benches and buses in approximately 60 transit markets, and our production staff provides a full range of creative and installation services to our transit advertising customers. As of March 31, 2012, we operated over 30,000 transit advertising displays in 16 states, Canada and Puerto Rico.

Municipalities usually award new transit advertising contracts and renew expiring transit advertising contracts through an open bidding process. In bidding for new and renewal contracts, we compete against national outdoor advertising providers and local, on-premise sign providers and sign construction companies. Transit advertising operators incur significant start-up costs to build and install the advertising structures (such as transit shelters) upon being awarded contracts.

In marketing transit advertising displays to advertisers, we compete with other forms of out-of-home advertising and other media. When selecting the media and provider through which to advertise, advertisers consider a number of factors and advertising providers which are described in the section entitled — “Competition” below.

Competition

Although the outdoor advertising industry has encountered a wave of consolidation, the industry remains fragmented. The industry is comprised of several large outdoor advertising and media companies with operations in multiple markets, as well as smaller, local companies operating a limited number of structures in one or a few local markets.

Although we primarily focus on small to mid-size markets where we can attain a strong market share, in each of our markets, we compete against other providers of outdoor advertising and other types of media, including:

 

  •  

Larger outdoor advertising providers, such as (i) Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., which operates billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays in North America and worldwide and (ii) CBS Outdoor, a division of CBS Corporation, which operates traditional outdoor, street furniture and transit advertising properties in North America and worldwide. Clear Channel Outdoor and CBS Outdoor each have corporate relationships with large media conglomerates and may have greater total resources, product offerings and opportunities for cross-selling than we do.

 

  •  

Other forms of media, such as broadcast and cable television, radio, print media, direct mail marketing, telephone directories and the Internet.

 

  •  

An increasing variety of out-of-home advertising media, such as advertising displays in shopping centers, malls, airports, stadiums, movie theaters and supermarkets and advertising displays on taxis, trains and buses.

In selecting the form of media through which to advertise, advertisers evaluate their ability to target audiences having a specific demographic profile, lifestyle, brand or media consumption or purchasing behavior or audiences located in, or traveling through, a particular geography. Advertisers also compare the relative costs of available media, evaluating the number of impressions (potential viewings), exposure (the opportunity for advertising to be seen) and circulation (traffic volume in a market), as well as potential effectiveness, quality of related services (such as advertising copy design and layout) and customer service. In competing with other media, we believe that outdoor advertising is relatively more cost-efficient than other media, allowing advertisers to reach broader audiences and target specific geographic areas or demographics groups within markets.

We believe that our strong emphasis on sales and customer service and our position as a major provider of advertising services in each of our primary markets enables us to compete effectively with the other outdoor advertising companies, as well as with other media, within those markets.

 

48

Table of Contents

Customers

Our customer base is diverse. The table below sets forth the ten industries from which we derived most of our billboard advertising revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012, as well as the percentage of billboard advertising revenues attributable to the advertisers in those industries. The individual advertisers in these industries accounted for approximately 75% of our billboard advertising net revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2012. No individual advertiser accounted for more than 1.0% of our billboard advertising net revenues in that period.

 

Categories

    Percentage of Net Billboard
Advertising Revenues		  

Restaurants

          13   

Retailers

      10   

Health Care

      10   

Service

      9   

Amusement—Entertainment/Sports

      7   

Gaming

      6   

Automotive

      6   

Education

      5   

Financial—Banks, Credit Unions

      5   

Telecommunications

      4   
  

 

 

  
     75   

Regulation

Outdoor advertising is subject to governmental regulation at the federal, state and local levels. Regulations generally restrict the size, spacing, lighting and other aspects of advertising structures and pose a significant barrier to entry and expansion in many markets.

Federal law, principally the Highway Beautification Act of 1965 (the “HBA”), regulates outdoor advertising on Federal — Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems roads. The HBA requires states to “effectively control” outdoor advertising along these roads, and mandates a state compliance program and state standards regarding size, spacing and lighting. The HBA requires any state or political subdivision that compels the removal of a lawful billboard along a Federal — Aid Primary or Interstate highway to pay just compensation to the billboard owner.

All states have passed billboard control statutes and regulations at least as restrictive as the federal requirements, including laws requiring the removal of illegal signs at the owner’s expense (and without compensation from the state). Although we believe that the number of our billboards that may be subject to removal as illegal is immaterial, and no state in which we operate has banned billboards entirely, from time to time governments have required us to remove signs and billboards legally erected in accordance with federal, state and local permit requirements and laws. Municipal and county governments generally also have sign controls as part of their zoning laws and building codes. We contest laws and regulations that we believe unlawfully restrict our constitutional or other legal rights and may adversely impact the growth of our outdoor advertising business.

Using federal funding for transportation enhancement programs, state governments have purchased and removed billboards for beautification, and may do so again in the future. Under the power of eminent domain, state or municipal governments have laid claim to property and forced the removal of billboards. Under a concept called amortization by which a governmental body asserts that a billboard operator has earned compensation by continued operation over time, local governments have attempted to force removal of legal but nonconforming billboards (i.e., billboards that conformed with applicable zoning regulations when built but which do not conform to current zoning regulations). Although the legality of amortization is questionable, it has been upheld

 

49

Table of Contents

in some instances. Often, municipal and county governments also have sign controls as part of their zoning laws, with some local governments prohibiting construction of new billboards or allowing new construction only to replace existing structures. Although we have generally been able to obtain satisfactory compensation for those of our billboards purchased or removed as a result of governmental action, there is no assurance that this will continue to be the case in the future.

We have also introduced and intend to expand the deployment of digital billboards that display static digital advertising copy from various advertisers that change every 6 to 8 seconds. We have encountered some existing regulations that restrict or prohibit these types of digital displays but it has not yet materially impacted our digital deployment. Since digital billboards have only recently been developed and introduced into the market on a large scale, existing regulations that currently do not apply to them by their terms could be revised to impose greater restrictions. These regulations may impose greater restrictions on digital billboards due to alleged concerns over aesthetics or driver safety.

In addition, due to their recent development, relatively few large scale studies have been conducted regarding driver safety issues, if any, related to digital billboards. The U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration is currently conducting a study on whether the presence of digital billboards along roadways is associated with a reduction of driver safety for the public. We understand that this study is currently under internal review and the date of its public release is unknown. If the results of this study include adverse findings, it may result in regulations at the federal or state level that impose greater restrictions on digital billboards.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business, including disputes involving advertising contracts, site leases, employment claims and construction matters. We are also involved in routine administrative and judicial proceedings regarding billboard permits, fees and compensation for condemnations. We are not a party to any lawsuit or proceeding which, in the opinion of management, is likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Properties

Our management headquarters is located in Baton Rouge, Louisiana. We also own 121 local operating facilities with front office administration and sales office space connected to back-shop poster and bulletin production space. In addition, we lease an additional 123 operating facilities at an aggregate lease expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 of approximately $1.8 million.

We own approximately 6,900 parcels of property beneath our advertising structures. As of December 31, 2011, we leased approximately 74,700 active outdoor sites, accounting for a annualized lease expense of approximately 200.0 million. This amount represented approximately 20% of billboard advertising net revenues for that period. These leases are for varying terms ranging from month-to-month to a term of over ten years, and many provide us with renewal options. There is no significant concentration of displays under any one lease or subject to negotiation with any one landlord. An important part of our management activity is to manage our lease portfolio and negotiate suitable lease renewals and extensions.

Employees

We employed approximately 3,000 people as of March 31, 2012. Approximately 190 employees were engaged in overall management and general administration at our management headquarters in Baton Rouge, Louisiana, and the remainder, including approximately 760 local account executives, were employed in our operating offices.

Fifteen of our local offices employ billposters and construction personnel who are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our relationship with our employees, including our 116 unionized employees, is good, and we have never experienced a strike or work stoppage.

 

50

Table of Contents

Inflation

In the last three years, inflation has not had a significant impact on us.

Seasonality

Our revenues and operating results are subject to seasonality. Typically, we experience our strongest financial performance in the summer and fall, and our weakest financial performance in the first quarter of the calendar year, partly because retailers cut back their advertising spending immediately following the holiday shopping season. We expect this trend to continue in the future. Because a significant portion of our expenses is fixed, a reduction in revenues in any quarter is likely to result in a period-to-period decline in operating performance and net earnings.

 

51

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our directors serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified. Our officers serve until the board meeting immediately following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified.

The following table sets forth the name, position and, as of March 31, 2012, age of each of our directors and executive officers.

 

Name

   

Age

     

Title

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.

      57       President and Director

Sean E. Reilly

      50       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Keith A. Istre

      59       Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and Director

Charles Brent McCoy

      61       Director

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr. has served as our President since July 1999 and as President of Lamar Advertising since February 1989. Mr. Reilly also served as our Chief Executive Officer from July 1999 to February 2011 and as Chief Executive Officer of Lamar Advertising from February 1989 to February 2011. He has served as our director since July 1999 and as a director of Lamar Advertising since February 1984. Mr. Reilly served as the President of Lamar Advertising’s Outdoor Division from 1984 to 1989. Mr. Reilly, an employee since 1978, has also served as General Manager of the Baton Rouge Region and Vice President and General Manager of the Louisiana Region. Mr. Reilly received a B.A. from Harvard University in 1977. Kevin Reilly has unparalleled knowledge of our business and operating history, is directly involved with the management of the company on a daily basis and has front-line exposure to the challenges that we face and opportunities that we are presented.

Sean E. Reilly has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as Chief Executive Officer of Lamar Advertising since February 2011. Prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Reilly served as our Chief Operating Officer and as Chief Operating Officer and President of Lamar Advertising’s Outdoor Division from November 2001 to February 2011. Mr. Reilly also held the position of Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions. He began working with Lamar Advertising as Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions in 1987 and served in that capacity until 1994. Mr. Reilly has served as our director since July 1999, and he also served as a director of Lamar Advertising from 1989 to 1996 and from 1999 until 2003. Mr. Reilly was the Chief Executive Officer of Wireless One, Inc., a wireless cable television company, from 1994 to 1997, after which he rejoined Lamar Advertising. Mr. Reilly received a B.A. from Harvard University in 1984 and a J.D. from Harvard Law School in 1989. Sean Reilly provides the board with valuable media industry experience from both inside and outside the company.

Keith A. Istre has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 1999 and as Lamar Advertising’s Chief Financial Officer since February 1989. He has served as our director since July 1999 and served as a director of Lamar Advertising from February 1989 to May 2003. Mr. Istre joined Lamar Advertising as Controller in 1978 and became Treasurer in 1985. Prior to joining Lamar Advertising, Mr. Istre was employed by a public accounting firm in Baton Rouge from 1975 to 1978. Mr. Istre graduated from the University of Southwestern Louisiana in 1974 with a degree in Accounting. Keith Istre brings extensive financial experience and a deep knowledge of our business and operating history to the board.

Charles Brent McCoy has served as Executive Vice President of Business Development of Lamar Advertising since May 2004. Mr. McCoy has served as our director since January 2009. He currently serves on several other boards, including Pennington Biomedical Research Foundation, Blue Cross Blue Shield of Louisiana, and the Baton Rouge Advisory Board of Iberia Bank. Mr. McCoy received a B.A. from Emory University in 1973 and an M.B.A. from Stanford University in 1976. Charles Brent McCoy brings extensive experience in business and the banking sector to the board.

Family Relationships

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., our Chairman and President, and Sean E. Reilly, our Chief Executive Officer, are siblings.

 

52

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following discussion and tables set forth certain compensation information for our Chief Executive Officer and each of our other executive officers for their positions with Lamar Advertising. We do not pay any additional compensation for their positions with us.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Lamar Advertising’s Compensation Committee has responsibility for establishing, implementing and maintaining the compensation program for Lamar Advertising’s President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, which we refer to herein as the “named executive officers.” This Compensation Discussion and Analysis sets forth the objectives and material elements of the compensation paid to the named executive officers for fiscal 2011.

Executive Compensation Philosophy

The primary objective of Lamar Advertising’s executive compensation program is to retain and reward executive officers who contribute to our long-term success. We believe this requires a competitive compensation structure both as compared to similarly situated companies in the media industry and other companies that are our peers in terms of annual revenues. Additionally, we seek to align a significant portion of executive officer compensation to the achievement of specified Company performance goals. Incentive cash bonuses are included to drive executive performance by having pay at risk so that a significant portion of potential cash compensation is tied to goal achievement. We also include performance-based equity grants as a significant component of prospective executive compensation so that the value of a portion of executive compensation is tied directly to the performance of Lamar Advertising’s Class A Common Stock. In addition, the Compensation Committee instituted a discretionary bonus program in 2008. This program was adopted as an acknowledgement that compensation might be warranted for reasons outside the scope of the performance metrics used in Lamar Advertising’s incentive programs.

Use of Compensation Consultants and Peer Group Data

Lamar Advertising’s Compensation Committee did not consult with any compensation consultants in conjunction with its executive officer compensation determinations for fiscal 2011. The Committee developed the basic framework for its executive compensation program in conjunction with a compensation consultant in 2006 and has continued to use this framework for its executive compensation determinations for fiscal 2011. The Committee did not obtain peer group information, as it did not seek to set executive officer compensation to a specific percentile of the range of total compensation represented by a specified group when making its executive compensation determinations for fiscal 2011.

Material Elements of Executive Officer Compensation

The key elements of compensation for Lamar Advertising’s executive officers are: base salaries, performance-based cash incentive awards, performance-based equity awards and discretionary cash bonus awards. Executives may also participate, on the same terms as all other employees, in a 401(k) retirement savings plan and health and welfare benefits.

Base Salary. Lamar Advertising pays a base salary to each of the named executive officers. The objective of base salary is to provide a fixed component of cash compensation to the executive that reflects the level of responsibility associated with the executive’s position and is competitive with the base compensation the executive could earn in a similar position at comparable companies. Base salary for Lamar Advertising’s named executive officers is reviewed annually in light of market compensation, tenure, individual performance, Lamar Advertising’s performance and other subjective considerations. Typically Lamar Advertising’s Chairman of the

 

53

Table of Contents

Board and President makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee with regard to base salary for the executive officers that he believes are justified in light of these considerations.

In March 2011, the Compensation Committee reviewed current base salaries in conjunction with Lamar Advertising’s Chairman of the Board and President in the context of Lamar Advertising’s current performance and the overall economic environment. The Committee considered Lamar Advertising’s performance in 2010 and budget for 2011 as well as the continued uncertainties in the economy. The recent promotion in February 2011 of Sean Reilly to Chief Executive Officer was also considered but, in light of all factors, the Committee determined that no increases to base salaries were warranted and approved all executive officer base salaries at current levels, which have remained unchanged since 2006.

Performance-Based Incentive Compensation. Lamar Advertising’s incentive compensation program consists of two types of awards that are granted under Lamar Advertising’s 1996 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”): (i) a performance-based incentive cash bonus and (ii) a performance-based incentive equity award. This compensation program was designed by the Committee to link a significant portion of overall executive officer compensation to the achievement of enumerated performance targets while maximizing Lamar Advertising’s ability to deduct named executive officer compensation for tax purposes under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. By including a fixed share equity award as a significant portion of executive compensation, the aggregate value of each executive officer’s compensation is dependent on the performance of Lamar Advertising’s Class A Common Stock.

Incentive Cash Bonus. The Committee sets target amounts for incentive cash bonuses for each of the named executive officers with corresponding performance goals. The Committee reviews those target amounts annually based the executive’s roles and responsibilities, Lamar Advertising’s performance, and the current economic environment. In line with its determination with respect to base salaries, the target cash amounts have remained constant year over year since 2006. The Committee then approved the performance goals for 2011 pursuant to which any payout of incentive cash bonus awards would be based. The Committee also continued its practice of providing the possibility of higher payouts that provide incentives for superior performance above the 100% targeted levels of achievement, which can result in an incentive cash bonus in an amount that is up to 200% of the target amount. To better align Lamar Advertising’s performance and the level of award achievement, the Committee also increased the threshold for minimum achievement of an incentive cash bonus to 65% of the target amount from 50% in the prior year.

When setting the performance goals for the executive officers’ incentive cash bonuses for fiscal 2011, the Committee met with management to review current operating budgets and financial projections along with any current initiatives that could impact Lamar Advertising’s anticipated 2011 results. The Committee determined that Lamar Advertising’s pro forma net revenue growth and pro forma earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and adjusted for gain or loss on disposition of assets and investments (referred to herein as “EBITDA”) growth are the appropriate measures on which to base incentive compensation as these measures are the primary measures used by both management and the investor community to evaluate Lamar Advertising’s performance.

The Committee’s goal when determining the specific performance thresholds is to set target (100%) goal achievement at a challenging but achievable level based on the 2011 operating budget in order to provide appropriate incentives for management in the context of the current fiscal year’s projected results and current business plan. For 2011 the Committee also adjusted the increments that had been used in the 2010 performance grid to increase the minimum level of achievement required to be eligible for both cash incentive and equity incentive awards. The Committee also noted that the 2011 performance goals were based on a 2011 budget that was aggressive given the continued uncertainty in general economic conditions. The 2011 performance goals for incentive cash bonuses were based on achievement of pro forma revenue growth and pro forma EBITDA growth for fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010 with 50% of the total bonus amount tied to each metric. Tables setting forth the actual performance thresholds for fiscal 2011 are set forth below.

 

54

Table of Contents

In February 2012, the Committee reviewed Lamar Advertising’s 2011 performance. Despite pro forma revenue and EBITDA growth below targeted performance levels, Lamar Advertising continued to manage its balance sheet by making over $200 million in net payments on debt outstanding under its senior credit facility and repurchasing and retiring approximately $47 million in aggregate principal amount of its 6 5/8% Senior subordinated notes due 2015. Lamar Advertising’s successful growth of its digital platform was also noted, with over 1400 units in operation at year end.

Following this review, the Committee certified that (i) Lamar Advertising’s pro forma net revenue growth did not meet the minimum threshold required for a cash incentive bonus for fiscal 2011 based on revenue, and (ii) Lamar Advertising’s pro forma EBITDA growth resulted in attainment of 65% of each executive officer’s target cash incentive bonus for fiscal 2011 based on EBITDA. The total 2011 cash incentive bonus for each executive is set forth below and is reflected in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the 2011 Summary Compensation Table.

Incentive Cash Bonus

 

     2011 Awards  
     Portion Based on Pro
Forma Net Revenue
Growth ($)		      Portion Based on Pro
Forma
EBITDA Growth ($)		      Total ($)  

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.
Chairman of the Board and President

      0         130,000         130,000   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

Sean E. Reilly
Chief Executive Officer

      0         81,250         81,250   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

Keith A. Istre
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

      0         81,250         81,250   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

Incentive Equity Awards. The Committee also determined the target amount of incentive equity awards for each of the named executive officers at its March 2011 meeting. These target equity award amounts were set at 44,000 shares for both Kevin Reilly, Jr. and Sean Reilly and at 26,000 shares for Keith Istre. The Committee maintained the same fixed share amounts used since 2006. The Committee noted the unpredictability and volatility in the market at that time and determined that the share amounts and potential value to each executive officer appropriately reflected historical share prices and comported with its view of the equity incentive as a long-term incentive that should not be adjusted based on near-term volatility.

Under the terms of Lamar Advertising’s incentive equity award program, no shares of stock are issued unless and until the relevant performance goals have been met and certified by the Compensation Committee. Any earned shares are issued as soon as practicable following such certification and are fully vested at the time of issuance. The shares earned by Kevin Reilly and Sean Reilly for 2011 have not yet been issued to them pending receipt of required regulatory approvals. The Committee feels that the use of stock awards as a part of its compensation program aligns executive compensation to the creation of shareholder value but not to such an extent that it would create incentives for executives to focus solely on short term stock appreciation to the exclusion of long term strategy.

The pro forma revenue growth and pro forma EBITDA growth metrics for fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010 used in the context of the incentive cash awards were used to determine the achievement of incentive equity awards, except that the amounts were calculated after giving effect to the payment of executive officer cash incentive bonus awards. In addition, unlike incentive cash awards, there is no opportunity to achieve greater than 100% of the target equity awards. On that basis, (i) Lamar Advertising’s pro forma net revenue growth did not meet the

 

55

Table of Contents

minimum threshold required for an equity incentive award for 2011 based on revenue and (ii) Lamar Advertising’s pro forma EBITDA growth resulted in attainment of 65% of each executive officer’s target incentive equity award for 2011 based on EBITDA. The total 2011 incentive equity awards earned by each executive is set forth below and reflected in the Stock Awards column of the 2011 Summary Compensation Table (see footnote 1 to the 2011 Summary Compensation Table, which describes the assumptions underlying the calculation of the aggregate grant date fair value of these awards).

Incentive Equity Awards

 

     2011 Awards  
     Portion Based on Pro
Forma Net Revenue
Growth (#)		      Portion Based on
Pro Forma
EBITDA Growth (#)		      Total Shares
Class A
Common Stock (#)		  

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.
Chairman of the Board and President

      0         14,300         14,300   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

Sean E. Reilly
Chief Executive Officer

      0         14,300         14,300   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

Keith A. Istre
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

      0         8,450         8,450   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

56

Table of Contents

The tables that follow set forth the level of pro forma net revenue and pro forma EBITDA growth required for fiscal 2011 over fiscal 2010 to achieve the stated percentage of target incentive awards for our named executive officers, as set by the Committee in March 2011. These goals relate to achievement of both incentive cash and incentive equity awards, except that equity awards cannot exceed their target amount irrespective of goal achievement in excess of the 100% level.

2011 POTENTIAL INCENTIVE AWARDS Pro Forma Net Revenue Growth(1) — 50%

 

Incentive Cash Bonus

  

Incentive Equity Award

  

Pro Forma
Net Revenue Growth

    Percentage of Target
Bonus Earned		  

Pro Forma
Net Revenue Growth

    Percentage of Target
Bonus Earned		  

Less than 3.5%

    0%   Less than 3.5%      0 % 
  

 

     

 

 

  

At least 3.5% but
less than 3.9%

    65%   At least 3.5% but
less than 3.9%		      65 % 
  

 

     

 

 

  

At least 3.9% but
less than 4.2%

    70%   At least 3.9% but
less than 4.2%		      70 % 
  

 

     

 

 

  

At least 4.2% but
less than 4.6%

    75%   At least 4.2% but
less than 4.6%		      75 % 
  

 

     

 

 

  

At least 4.6% but
less than 4.9%

    80%   At least 4.6% but
less than 4.9%		      80 % 
  

 

     

 

 

  

At least 4.9% but
less than 5.3%

    85%   At least 4.9% but
less than 5.3%		      85 % 
  

 

     

 

 

  

At least 5.3% but
less than 5.6%

    90%   At least 5.3% but
less than 5.6%		      90 % 
  

 

     

 

 

  

At least 5.6% but
less than 6.0%

    95%   At least 5.6% but
less than 6.0%		      95 % 
  

 

     

 

 

  

At least 6.0% but
less than 7.0%

    100%  

At least 6.0%

or greater

      100 % 
       

 

 

  

At least 7.0% but
less than 8.0%

    125%     
  

 

     

At least 8.0% but
less than 9.0%

    150%     
  

 

     

At least 9.0% but
less than 10.0%

    175%     
  

 

     

At least 10.0%

or greater

    200%     
  

 

     

 

(1) Pro forma net revenue growth is based on Lamar Advertising’s net revenue growth in 2011 over 2010 based on actual 2011 net revenue versus 2010 net revenue, as adjusted to reflect acquisitions and divestitures for the same time frame as actually owned in 2011.

 

57

Table of Contents

2011 POTENTIAL INCENTIVE AWARDS Pro Forma EBITDA Growth(1) – 50%

 

Incentive Cash Bonus

    

Incentive Equity Award

  

Pro Forma
EBITDA Growth

    Percentage of Target
Bonus Earned		    

Pro Forma
EBITDA Growth

    Percentage of Target
Bonus Earned		  

Less than 4.5%

      0 %    Less than 4.5%      0 % 
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

At least 4.5% but
less than 5.0%

      65 %*    At least 4.5% but
less than 5.0%		      65 %* 
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

At least 5.0% but
less than 5.5%

      70 %    At least 5.0% but
less than 5.5%		      70 % 
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

At least 5.5% but
less than 6.0%

      75 %    At least 5.5% but
less than 6.0%		      75 % 
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

At least 6.0% but
less than 6.5%

      80 %    At least 6.0% but
less than 6.5%		      80 % 
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

At least 6.5% but
less than 7.0%

      85 %    At least 6.5% but
less than 7.0%		      85 % 
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

At least 7.0% but
less than 7.5%

      90 %    At least 7.0% but
less than 7.5%		      90 % 
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

At least 7.5% but
less than 8.0%

      95 %    At least 7.5% but
less than 8.0%		      95 % 
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

At least 8.0% but
less than 9.0%

      100 %    At least 8.0%
or greater		      100 % 
  

 

 

       

 

 

  

At least 9.0% but
less than 10.0%

      125 %      
  

 

 

       

At least 10.0% but

less than 11.0%

      150 %      
  

 

 

       

At least 11.0% but

less than 12.0%

      175 %      
  

 

 

       

At least 12.0%

or greater

      200 %      
  

 

 

       

 

 *Denotes goal achieved for 2011 as certified by the Compensation Committee.
(1) Pro forma EBITDA growth is calculated in the same manner as pro forma net revenue growth with adjustments being made in the 2010 period to reflect acquisitions and divestitures for the same time frame as actually owned in 2011 and is also adjusted, solely with respect to calculation of incentive cash bonuses, to eliminate the expense in the period related to executive bonuses.

Discretionary Bonus Awards. In 2010, the Committee continued the discretionary bonus program initiated in 2008. This program was adopted to provide for awards of discretionary cash compensation to reward, if applicable, individual performance or successful initiatives during the course of the fiscal year that may not otherwise be captured by Lamar Advertising’s incentive award program. Payment under the discretionary bonus program is not contingent upon the failure to attain the performance goals under the incentive award program. Pursuant to this program, the Committee may grant a cash bonus to any executive officer in an amount up to 50% of such executive officer’s 2011 base salary, in its sole discretion. Any such award is based upon the Committee’s evaluation of each executive officer’s respective 2010 performance.

In February 2012, the Committee reviewed Lamar Advertising’s performance against budget and the actions taken by management to grow its digital platform and continue to strengthen its balance sheet in fiscal 2011. After consideration of these factors and review with management of the cash bonus awards being made to non-executive officers of Lamar Advertising, the Committee decided to award discretionary bonuses to the executive officers as follows.

 

58

Table of Contents

Discretionary Bonus Awards

 

     Cash
Amount ($)		  

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.

      130,000   

Sean E. Reilly

      81,250   

Keith A. Istre

      81,250   

Consideration of the 2011 Stockholder Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation

At Lamar Advertising’s 2011 annual meeting of stockholders, over 98% of shares present at the meeting for purposes of the proposal were voted to approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation of our named executive officers, thus ratifying our compensation philosophy and approach. No specific component of our 2011 executive compensation program was altered based upon this high passage rate. However, the Committee will continue to monitor stockholder feedback as it reviews and establishes future executive compensation plans and determines awards for our named executive officers. Our Board of Directors has determined that an advisory vote will be conducted on a triennial basis.

Other Compensation Components

Perquisites. Lamar Advertising provides certain perquisites to the executive officers, including use of its aircraft and a company car. The executive officers are entitled to use Lamar Advertising’s aircraft, including for personal travel. These perquisites provide flexibility to the executives and increase travel efficiencies, allowing more productive use of executive time. More detail on these perquisites and other perquisites provided to Lamar Advertising’s executive officers may be found below in the 2011 Summary Compensation Table.

Deferred Compensation. Lamar Advertising has a deferred compensation plan for certain officers. Under this plan, officers who meet certain years of service and other criteria are eligible to receive company contributions into their accounts in the Lamar Deferred Compensation Plan. Officers do not have the option of deferring any portion of their earned cash compensation through additional voluntary contributions to the plan. Due to economic conditions, Lamar Advertising did not contribute to any employee deferred compensation accounts for fiscal 2009 or 2008, but reinstated deferred compensation payments to eligible employees beginning in 2010.

The deferred compensation plan is not funded by Lamar Advertising, and participants have an unsecured contractual commitment from Lamar Advertising to pay the amounts due under the deferred compensation plan. When payments under the plan are due, the funds are distributed from Lamar Advertising’s general assets. Lamar Advertising does not offer preferential earnings on deferred compensation. Deferred compensation is intended as a long-term savings vehicle for its officers in light of the fact that Lamar Advertising does not offer any traditional pension or defined benefit plan. The Compensation Committee does not consider deferred compensation accounts when setting executive pay levels, since this represents compensation that has previously been earned and individual accounts are a function of personal investment choices and market-based earnings.

Tax Implications

U.S. federal income tax law (Section 162(m) of the Code) prohibits publicly-traded companies from taking a tax deduction for certain compensation paid in excess of $1,000,000 to the company’s CEO and three other most highly compensated executive officers (other than the Chief Financial Officer). However, the statute exempts qualifying performance-based compensation from the deduction limit provided certain requirements are met. Lamar Advertising’s policy is to design its incentive compensation programs to qualify for full corporate deductibility to the extent feasible and consistent with Lamar Advertising’s overall compensation goals and objectives. However, the Committee may exercise its discretion to pay nondeductible compensation if following the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code would not be in the interests of shareholders.

 

59

Table of Contents

Stock options granted under an equity compensation plan are performance-based compensation if (a) stockholders approve a maximum aggregate per person limit on the number of shares that may be granted each year, (b) any stock options are granted by a committee consisting solely of outside directors, and (c) the stock options have an exercise price that is not less than the fair value of common stock on the date of grant. In the case of performance-based incentive cash awards, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted stock issuable upon achievement of performance goals, Section 162(m) requires that the general business criteria of any performance goals that are established by Lamar Advertising’s Compensation Committee be approved and periodically reapproved by stockholders (generally, every five years) in order for such awards to be considered performance-based and deductible by the employer. Generally, the performance goals must be established before the beginning of the relevant performance period. Furthermore, satisfaction of any performance goals during the relevant performance period must be certified by the Compensation Committee. Lamar Advertising’s shareholder-approved 1996 Equity Incentive Plan meets the conditions necessary for deductibility of certain performance-based awards issued under the plan, and the Compensation Committee designed the 2011 incentive compensation program with the intention of satisfying Section 162(m) with respect to stock options, incentive stock awards and incentive cash awards granted to covered employees.

Payments Upon Termination or Change–in–Control

Neither we nor Lamar Advertising have employment agreements or other agreements with any of our executive officers that entitle them to payments upon termination or in the event of a change-in-control.

Compensation Policies and Practices as they Relate to Risk Management

Lamar Advertising’s management has reviewed its compensation polices and practices in conjunction with the Compensation Committee to determine if these policies and practices create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Lamar Advertising. Lamar Advertising’s basic compensation structure, as described above, includes base salaries, incentive cash bonuses and, for officers of Lamar Advertising (including certain non-executive officers), incentive equity compensation that primarily consists of annual performance-based equity awards. In light of this review of the compensation structure and its mix of both fixed and variable compensation, Lamar Advertising concluded that there are no risks arising from Lamar Advertising’s compensation policies and practices for employees that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Lamar Advertising.

2011 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain compensation information for Lamar Advertising’s named executive officers. The table reflects each officer’s position as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name and Principal

Position

   Year     Salary
($)		     Bonus
($)		      Stock
Awards
($)(1) 		    Option
Awards
($)(1) 		    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)(2)		     All Other
Compensation
($)(3)(4)		     Total ($)  

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.

     2011        700,000        130,000         1,408,000 (5)      —          130,000        148,268        2,516,768   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Chairman of the

     2010        700,000        —           1,554,080 (7)      —          500,000        159,628        2,913,708   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Board and President

     2009        700,000        230,000         281,160 (8)      1,158,977        190,000        61,819        2,621,956   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Sean E. Reilly

     2011        500,000        81,250         1,408,000 (5)      —          81,250        139,043        2,209,543   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Chief Executive

     2010        500,000        —           1,554,080 (7)      —          312,500        114,877        2,481,457   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Officer

     2009        500,000        181,250         281,160 (8)      1,158,977        118,750        148,268        2,263,385   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Keith A. Istre

     2011        450,000        81,250         832,000 (6)      —          81,250        52,500        1,497,000   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Treasurer and Chief

     2010        450,000        —           918,320 (7)      —          312,500        52,500        1,733,320   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Financial Officer

     2009        450,000        151,250         166,140 (8)      1,055,651        118,750        4,526        1,946,317   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

(1)

Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with ASC Topic 718. With respect to stock awards, the grant date fair value is calculated

 

60

Table of Contents
  assuming the probable outcome of achievement, which on the grant date was expected to be 100% of the target equity incentive award amount, rather than the value of the actual award earned on the date when issued to the officer. For the assumptions underlying the valuation of these awards see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2012.
(2) Amounts shown in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column reflect the incentive cash awards granted at the beginning of each year, earned based on performance during that fiscal year and paid in the following fiscal year. The 2011 awards are described in further detail under the heading “Performance-Based Incentive Compensation—Incentive Cash Bonus” in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and are also reflected in the table “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” under the column “Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards.”
(3) Includes $ 61,773, $83,878 and $43,569 for Kevin P. Reilly, Jr. and $74,415, $55,517 and $13,051 for Sean Reilly for the personal use of company aircraft in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, as further described below. The amounts included in the “All Other Compensation” column also include the following perquisites provided to our named executive officers (except as otherwise indicated), which are valued at Lamar Advertising’s incremental cost, none of which individually exceeded $25,000: (a) personal use of a company car, (b) company-paid health insurance premiums and medical reimbursements, and (c) company-paid premiums for term life insurance for Mr. Kevin P. Reilly, Jr. Executives also have access to a country club at which the company has a membership, but the executives pay all fees related to such personal use, resulting in no additional incremental cost to the company.

Lamar Advertising’s incremental cost for personal use of the corporate aircraft is based on the incremental cost to the company calculated based on the variable costs, related to the number of flight hours used, including fuel costs, landing/ramp fees, trip-related maintenance, crew travel expenses, supplies and catering, aircraft accrual expenses per hour of flight, any customs and foreign permit or similar fees. Lamar Advertising’s fixed costs that do not change based on usage, such as pilot salaries and the cost of maintenance not related to trips are excluded. The incremental cost to the company for personal use of a company car is calculated as a portion of the annual lease, mileage and fuel attributable to the personal use.

(4) Also includes employer contributions under Lamar Advertising’s deferred compensation plan of $57,500 for Mr. Kevin Reilly, Jr. and $50,000 for each of Mr. Sean Reilly and Mr. Keith Istre for 2011.
(5) The ASC Topic 718 value of the shares actually earned based on achievement of performance goals for fiscal 2011, which awards were certified as earned by the Compensation Committee on February 20, 2011, was $457,600 for both Mr. Kevin Reilly, Jr. and Mr. Sean Reilly. These shares have not yet been issued pending required regulatory approval.
(6) The ASC Topic 718 value of the shares actually earned and issued to Mr. Istre based on achievement of performance goals for fiscal 2011, which awards were certified as earned by the Compensation Committee on February 20, 2011, was $270,400.
(7) Award was certified as earned by the Compensation Committee and issued on February 21, 2011.
(8) The ASC Topic 718 value of shares awarded based on the shares actually earned and issued based on achievement of performance goals for fiscal 2009, which awards were certified as earned by the Compensation Committee and issued on February 22, 2010, was $189,783 for both Mr. Kevin Reilly, Jr. and Mr. Sean Reilly and $112,145 for Mr. Istre.

 

61

Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2011

The following table sets forth certain compensation information for Lamar Advertising’s Chief Executive Officer and each of Lamar Advertising’s other executive officers (which are Lamar Media’s only executive officers).

 

Name

    Grant
Date		      Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards(1)		      Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2)		      Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards ($)(3)		  
      Threshold
($)		      Target
($)		      Maximum
($)		      Threshold
(#)		      Target
(#)		      Maximum
(#)		     

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.

      3/16/2011         260,000         400,000         800,000         28,600         44,000         44,000         1,408,000   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

Sean E. Reilly

      3/16/2011         162,500         250,000         500,000         28,600         44,000         44,000         1,408,000   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

Keith A. Istre

      3/16/2011         162,500         250,000         500,000         16,900         26,000         26,000         832,000   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

(1) Represents the possible cash bonus granted under Lamar Advertising’s Incentive Plan that could be earned by achieving defined performance goals. Threshold amount assumes minimum attainment of both EBITDA and revenue levels to receive payment.
(2) These awards constitute possible shares of our Class A Common Stock issuable upon achievement of defined performance goals under Lamar Advertising’s Incentive Plan. Threshold amount assumes minimum attainment of both EBITDA and revenue levels to receive payment.
(3) Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 718 assuming the probable outcome of achievement, which on the grant date was expected to be 100% of the target equity incentive award amount, rather than the value of the actual award earned on the date when issued to the officer. For the assumptions underlying the valuation of these awards see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Lamar Advertising’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2011.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2011

The following table sets forth certain compensation information for Lamar Advertising’s Chief Executive Officer and each of Lamar Advertising’s other executive officers (which are Lamar Media’s only executive officers).

 

     Option Awards  

Name

    Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Exercisable		     Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable		     Option Exercise
Price ($)		      Option
Expiration
Date		  

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.

     

 

 49,334

60,000

 (1) 

(2) 

    

 

 32,888

40,000

 (1) 

(2) 

    
 		 15.67
18.25		   
  		     
 		 7/2/2019
5/28/2019		   
  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

  

Sean E. Reilly

     

 

 49,334

60,000

 (1) 

(2) 

    

 

 32,888

40,000

 (1) 

(2) 

    
 		 15.67
18.25		   
  		     
 		 7/2/2019
5/28/2019		   
  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

  

Keith A. Istre

     

 

 14,002

65,437

 (1) 

(2) 

    

 

 9,331

43,626

 (1) 

(2) 

    
 		 15.67
18.25		   
  		     
 		 7/2/2019
5/28/2019		   
  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

(1) Granted on July 2, 2009. 20% of the award vested immediately upon grant, and an additional 20% vests on the next four anniversaries of the grant date.
(2) Granted on May 28, 2009. 20% of the award vested immediately upon grant, and an additional 20% vests on the next four anniversaries of the grant date.

 

62

Table of Contents

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2011

The following table sets forth certain compensation information for Lamar Advertising’s Chief Executive Officer and each of Lamar Advertising’s other executive officers (which are Lamar Media’s only executive officers).

 

Name

    Registrant Contributions
in Last FY ($)(1)		      Aggregate Earnings (Loss)
in Last FY ($)(2)		     Aggregate Balance at
Last FYE ($)(3)		  

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.

      57,500       $ 32,638      $ 3,100,193   
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

  

Sean E. Reilly

      50,000       $ (15,523 )    $ 539,872   
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

  

Keith A. Istre

      50,000       $ 10,503      $ 493,557   
  

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

(1) Amounts in this column are included in the “All Other Compensation” column in the 2011 Summary Compensation Table.
(2) Amounts in this column are not included in the 2011 Summary Compensation Table because they were not preferential or above market.
(3) This column includes amounts in each named executive officer’s total deferred compensation account as of the last day of fiscal 2011, which includes (i) the following total contributions reported in each of Lamar Advertising’s previous proxies: Mr. Kevin P. Reilly, Jr. $696,500; Mr. Keith A. Istre $361,500; and Mr. Sean E. Reilly $415,000 and (ii) aggregate earnings on all previously contributed amounts. This column does not include contributions for each officer for the 2011 FY, which were made in January 2012 and reported in the first column.

Lamar Advertising sponsors a deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain of its board elected officers who meet specific age, years of service and other criteria. Officers that have attained the age of 30, have a minimum of 10 years of service and satisfy additional eligibility guidelines are eligible for annual company contributions to the plan, depending on the employee’s length of service. Lamar Advertising’s contributions to the plan are maintained in a rabbi trust. Upon termination, death or disability, participating employees are eligible to receive an amount equal to the fair market value of the assets in the employee’s deferred compensation account either in a lump sum distribution or in twenty percent installments over a five year period.

Director Compensation

All of our directors are employees and receive no additional compensation for their services as directors.

 

63

Table of Contents

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2011 with respect to shares of Lamar Advertising’s Class A Common Stock that may be issued under its existing compensation plans.

 

Plan Category

    (a) Number of securities to
be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and rights		     (b) Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights		     (c) Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))		  

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)

      2,810,494 (2)    $ 21.27 (3)      2,594,451 (4)(5) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

      n/a        n/a        n/a   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

      2,810,494      $ 21.27        2,594,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

(1) Consists of the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan and 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(2) Includes shares issuable upon achievement of outstanding performance-based awards under Lamar Advertising’s 1996 Equity Incentive Plan. Does not include purchase rights accruing under the 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan because the purchase price (and therefore the number of shares to be purchased) will not be determined until the end of the purchase period.
(3) Does not take into account shares issuable upon achievement of outstanding performance-based awards, which will be issued for no consideration.
(4) Includes shares available for future issuance under the 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under the evergreen formula of this plan, on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with 2010, the aggregate number of shares that may be purchased through the exercise of rights granted under the plan is increased by the lesser of (a) 500,000 shares, (b) one-tenth of one percent of the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year, and (c) a lesser amount determined by the board of directors. As of December 31, 2011, 77,928 shares have been added to the 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to the evergreen formula.
(5) In addition to stock option awards, the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, as currently in effect, provides for the issuance of restricted stock, unrestricted stock and stock appreciation rights.

 

64

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

We are a wholly owned subsidiary of Lamar Advertising Company, which owns all 100 shares of our outstanding common stock.

Lamar Advertising Company Common Stock

The following table sets forth certain information known to us as of May 1, 2012 with respect to the shares of Lamar Advertising’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock that are beneficially owned as of that date by: (i) each of Lamar Advertising’s directors; (ii) each of Lamar Advertising’s executive officers named in the 2011 Summary Compensation Table; (iii) all of Lamar Advertising’s directors and executive officers as a group; and (iv) each person known by Lamar Advertising to beneficially own more than 5% of Lamar Advertising’s Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock. Lamar Advertising’s Class B Common Stock is convertible into Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe each beneficial owner named below has sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by that holder.

 

Beneficial Owner

    Title of Class     No. of Shares
Owned		     Percent of Class  

Directors and Executive Officers

       

Kevin P. Reilly, Jr.

     
 		 Class A
Class  B		   
(3) 		    

 

 390,874

11,362,250

 (1)(2) 

(4)(5) 

    

 

 *

76.2

   

%(6) 

Sean E. Reilly

     
 		 Class A
Class B		   
(3) 		    

 

 190,467

10,557,835

 (1)(2) 

(4)(7) 

    

 

 *

70.81

   

%(8) 

Anna Reilly

     
 		 Class A
Class B		   
(3) 		    

 

 36,934

10,490,280

 (9) 

(4)(10) 

    

 

 *

70.36

   

%(11) 

Wendell Reilly

     
 		 Class A
Class B		   
(3) 		    

 

 403,895

9,500,000

 (9)(12) 

(4) 

    

 

 *

63.71

   

%(13) 

Keith A. Istre

      Class A        172,703 (14)      *   

Stephen P. Mumblow

      Class A        34,246 (15)      *   

John Maxwell Hamilton

      Class A        33,965 (15)      *   

Thomas V. Reifenheiser

      Class A        23,927 (16)      *   

John E. Koerner, III

      Class A        13,491 (9)      *   

All Current Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (9 Persons)

     
 		 Class A
& B		   
  		     16,210,860 (17)      17.30 %(18) 

Five Percent Stockholders

       

The Reilly Family Limited Partnership

      Class B (3)      9,000,000        60.36 %(19) 

SPO Advisory Corp.

      Class A        18,906,930 (20)      24.14 % 

591 Redwood Highway, Suite 3215

Mill Valley, CA 94941

       

Abrams Capital Management, L.P.

      Class A        9,306,141 (21)      12.0 % 

222 Berkeley Street, 22nd Floor

Boston, MA 02166

       

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

      Class A        9,169,812 (22)      11.7 % 

100 E. Pratt Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

       

Southeastern Asset Management, Inc.

      Class A        8,145,500 (23)      10.5 % 

6410 Poplar Avenue., Suite 900

Memphis, TN 38119

       

 

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Includes 129,334 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 1, 2012.

 

65

Table of Contents
  (2) Includes 14,300 shares issuable pursuant to the achievement of 2011 performance goals under Lamar Advertising’s 1996 Equity Incentive Plan. These shares were certified as earned by the Compensation Committee on February 20, 2012, but have not yet been issued pending receipt of required regulatory approvals.
  (3) Upon the sale of any shares of Class B Common Stock to a person other than to a Permitted Transferee, such shares will automatically convert into shares of Class A Common Stock. Permitted Transferees include (i) Kevin P. Reilly, Sr.; (ii) a descendant of Kevin P. Reilly, Sr.; (iii) a spouse or surviving spouse (even if remarried) of any individual named or described in (i) or (ii) above; (iv) any estate, trust, guardianship, custodianship, curatorship or other fiduciary arrangement for the primary benefit of any one or more of the individuals named or described in (i), (ii), and (iii) above; and (v) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business organization controlled by and substantially all of the interests in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by any one or more of the individuals and entities named or described in (i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) above. Except for voting rights, the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are substantially identical. The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class (except as may otherwise be required by Delaware law), with the holders of Class A Common Stock entitled to one vote per share and the holders of Class B Common Stock entitled to ten votes per share on all matters on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote.
  (4) Includes 9,000,000 shares held by the Reilly Family Limited Partnership (the “RFLP”), of which Kevin P. Reilly, Jr. is the managing general partner. Kevin Reilly’s three siblings, Anna Reilly (a director), Sean E. Reilly (Lamar Advertising’s Chief Executive Officer) and Wendell Reilly (a director) are the other general partners of the RFLP. The managing general partner has sole voting power over the shares held by the RFLP but dispositions of the shares require the approval of 50% of the general partnership interests of the RFLP. Anna Reilly, Sean Reilly, and Wendell Reilly disclaim beneficial ownership in the shares held by the RFLP, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
  (5) Includes (i) 377,474 shares held by the Kevin P. Reilly, Jr. Family Trust and (ii) 575,000 shares pledged pursuant to letter of credit facilities.
  (6) Represents 12.19% of the Class A Common Stock if all shares of Class B Common Stock are converted into Class A Common Stock.
  (7) Includes (i) 757,375 shares held by Jennifer and Sean Reilly, LLC and (ii) 575,000 shares pledged pursuant to letter of credit facilities.
  (8) Represents 11.33% of the Class A Common Stock if all shares of Class B Common Stock are converted into Class A Common Stock.
  (9) Includes 8,000 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 1, 2012.
(10) Includes 1,490,280 shares owned jointly by Anna Reilly and her spouse.
(11) Represents 11.27% of the Class A Common Stock if all shares of Class B Common Stock are converted into Class A Common Stock.
(12) Includes 253,476 shares held by the Wendell Reilly Family Revocable Trust, of which Wendell Reilly is the trustee. All shares except for 517 shares of Class A Common Stock are pledged pursuant to letter of credit facilities.
(13) Represents 10.21% of the Class A Common Stock if all shares of Class B Common Stock are converted into Class A Common Stock.
(14) Includes 101,252 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 1, 2012.
(15) Includes 22,800 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 1, 2012.
(16) Includes 6,400 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of May 1, 2012.
(17) See Notes 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 12 and 14-16.
(18) Assumes the conversion of all shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.
(19) Represents 9.67% of the Class A Common Stock if all shares of Class B Common Stock are converted into Class A Common Stock.

 

66

Table of Contents
(20) Includes 17,902,984 shares of Lamar Advertising Class A Common Stock that are owned directly by SPO Partners II, L.P. (“SPO II”), and may be deemed to be indirectly beneficially owned by (i) SPO Advisory Partners L.P. (“SPO Advisory”), the sole general partner of SPO II, (ii) SPO Advisory Corp. (“SPO Corp.”), the sole general partner of SPO Advisory, and (iii) John H. Scully (“JHS”), William E. Oberndorf (“WEO”) and Edward H. McDermott (“EHM”), the three controlling persons of SPO Corp. Additionally, 735,730 shares of Lamar Advertising Class A Common Stock are owned directly by San Francisco Partners, L.P. (“SFP”), and may be deemed to be indirectly beneficially owned by (i) SF Advisory Partners, L.P. (“SF Advisory”), the sole general partner of SFP, (ii) SPO Corp., the sole general partner of SF Advisory, and (iii) JHS, WEO, and EHM. JHS, WEO and EHM are the natural persons who exercise sole or shared voting and/or dispositive powers over Lamar Advertising’s securities held by SPO II, SPO Advisory, SPO Corp, SFP and SF Advisory. The address of each of these individuals is c/o SPO Corp., 591 Redwood Highway, Suite 3215, Mill Valley, CA 94941. Additionally, EHM owns 800 shares of Lamar Advertising Class A Common Stock in his Individual Retirement Account, which is self-directed, and EHM directly owns 3,234 shares of Lamar Advertising Class A Common Stock, both of which are included in the total. In addition, as reported in a 13D/A group filing made on September 19, 2008 (as updated by subsequent Section 16 filings and information provided by SPO Corp. to Lamar Advertising), JHS owns 18,700 shares of Lamar Advertising Class A Common Stock in his Individual Retirement Account, WEO owns 84,600 shares of Lamar Advertising Class A Common Stock in his Individual Retirement Account, the Phoebe Snow Foundation, Inc. (of which JHS is the sole director and executive officer) owns 159,600 shares of Lamar Advertising Class A Common Stock, Eli J. Weinberg owns 126 shares of Lamar Advertising Class A Common Stock, and Ian R. McGuire owns 1,156 shares of Lamar Advertising Class A Common Stock (of which 256 are held in his Individual Retirement Account), all of which are included in the total.
(21) As reported in the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2011, Abrams Capital Partners II, L.P. (“ACP II”) has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 7,159,576 shares, Abrams Capital, LLC (“Abrams Capital”) has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 8,694,238 shares, and Abrams Capital Management, LLC (“Abrams CM LLC”), Abrams Capital Management, L.P. (“Abrams CM LP”) and David Abrams each have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 9,306,141 shares. As indicated in the Schedule 13G/A, (i) shares reported for ACP II represent shares beneficially owned by ACP II; (ii) shares reported for Abrams Capital represent shares owned by ACP II and other private investment funds for which Abrams Capital serves as a general partner; (iii) shares reported for Abrams CM LP and Abrams CM LLC represent the above-referenced shares beneficially owned by Abrams Capital and shares beneficially owned by another private investment fund for which Abrams CM LP serves as investment manager; (iv) Abrams CM LLC is the general partner of Abrams CM LP; (v) shares reported for Mr. Abrams represent the above referenced shares reported for Abrams Capital and Abrams CM LLC; and (vi) Mr. Abrams is the managing member of Abrams Capital and Abrams CM LLC. Mr. Abrams is the natural person who exercises shared voting and dispositive powers over Lamar Advertising’s securities held by himself, ACP II, Abrams Capital, Abrams CM LLC, and Abrams CM LP. Each reporting person disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein. The address of each reporting person and Mr. Abrams is c/o Abrams Capital Management, L.P., 222 Berkeley Street, 22nd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts.
(22) These securities are owned by various individual and institutional investors, which T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“Price Associates”) serves as investment adviser with power to direct investments and/or sole power to vote the securities. For purposes of the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Price Associates is deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities; however, Price Associates expressly disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such securities. The address of Price Associates is 100 E. Pratt Street, Baltimore, MD 21202. Based on the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC by Price Associates for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(23)

As reported in the Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2011, Southeastern Asset Management, Inc. (“Southeastern Management”) has sole voting power with respect to 1,035,500 shares, and sole dispositive power with respect to 1,120,500 shares. Southeastern Management and Longleaf Partners Small-Cap Fund (“Longleaf Partners”) have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to

 

67

Table of Contents
  7,025,000 shares. O. Mason Hawkins, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Southeastern Management, is the natural person who exercises sole or shared voting and/or dispositive powers over Lamar Advertising’s securities held by Southeastern Management and Longleaf Partners. The address of Mr. Hawkins is c/o Southeastern Management, 6410 Poplar Avenue, Suite 900, Memphis, TN 38119.

Preferred Stock

Lamar Advertising also has outstanding 5,719.49 shares of Series AA Preferred Stock. Holders of Series AA Preferred Stock are entitled to one vote per share. The Series AA Preferred Stock is held as follows: 3,134.8 shares (54.8%) by the RFLP, of which Kevin P. Reilly, Jr. is the managing general partner and Anna Reilly, Sean E. Reilly, and Wendell Reilly are the general partners; 1,500 shares (26.2%) by Charles W. Lamar III; and 1,084.69 shares (19.0%) by Mary Lee Lamar Dixon. The aggregate outstanding Series AA Preferred Stock represents less than 1% of the capital stock of Lamar Advertising.

 

68

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Related Person Transactions

Effective July 1, 1996, the Lamar Texas Limited Partnership, our subsidiary, and Reilly Consulting Company, L.L.C., which Kevin P. Reilly, Sr. controls, entered into a consulting agreement, that was amended effective January 1, 2004. This consulting agreement, as amended, had a term through December 31, 2008 with automatic renewals for successive one-year periods after that date unless either party provides written notice of termination to the other. The agreement, as amended, provides for an annual consulting fee to Reilly Consulting Company, L.L.C. of $150,000 for any subsequent one-year renewal term. As of December 31, 2011, this agreement was renewed for an additional one-year term at the previously agreed fee of $150,000. The agreement also contains a non-disclosure provision and a non-competition restriction that extends for two years beyond the termination of the agreement.

In June 2011, Lamar Advertising entered into a service contract with Joule Energy LA, LLC (“Joule”), of which Ross L. Reilly is a member and owns a 26.66% interest. Joule provides services related to Lamar Advertising’s installation of solar arrays in the State of Louisiana, which services are expected to be completed in 2012. The aggregate amount payable to Joule under the service contract is approximately $1,000,000, approximately $625,000 of which has been paid as of December 31, 2011. Ross L. Reilly is the son of Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., Lamar Advertising’s Chairman of the Board and President.

Kevin P. Reilly, Sr. is the father of Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., Sean Reilly, Anna Reilly, and Wendell Reilly. Kevin P. Reilly, Jr. is Lamar Advertising’s Chairman of the Board and President, Sean Reilly is Lamar Advertising’s Chief Executive Officer, and Anna Reilly and Wendell Reilly are directors of Lamar Advertising.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The Compensation Committee of Lamar Advertising currently consists of Thomas V. Reifenheiser (Chairman), John Maxwell Hamilton, and Stephen P. Mumblow. None of Lamar Advertising’s executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of Lamar Advertising’s Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

 

69

Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of Exchange Offer

We sold the outstanding notes on February 9, 2012 in an unregistered private placement to certain initial purchasers. As part of that offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers. Under the registration rights agreement, we agreed to file the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, to offer to exchange the outstanding notes for exchange notes in an offering registered under the Securities Act. This exchange offering satisfies that obligation. We also agreed to perform other obligations under that registration rights agreement. See “Registration Rights Agreement.”

By participating in the exchange offer, holders of outstanding notes will receive exchange notes that are freely tradable and not subject to restrictions on transfer, subject to the exceptions described under “—Resale of Exchange Notes” immediately below. In addition, holders of exchange notes generally will not be entitled to additional interest.

Resale of Exchange Notes

We believe that the exchange notes issued in exchange for the outstanding notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any new noteholder without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act if the conditions set forth below are met. We base this belief solely on interpretations of the federal securities laws by the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Commission set forth in several no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us. A no-action letter is a letter from the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Commission responding to a request for the staff’s views as to whether it would recommend any enforcement action to the Division of Enforcement of the Commission with respect to certain actions being proposed by the party submitting the request. We have not obtained, and do not intend to obtain, our own no-action letter from the Commission regarding the resale of the exchange notes. Instead, holders will be relying on the no-action letters that the Commission has issued to third parties in circumstances that we believe are similar to ours. Based on these no-action letters, the following conditions must be met:

 

  •  

the holder must acquire the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  •  

the holder must have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act; and

 

  •  

the holder must not be our “affiliate,” as that term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Each holder of outstanding notes that wishes to exchange outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer must represent to us that it satisfies all of the above listed conditions. Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer who does not satisfy all of the above listed conditions:

 

  •  

cannot rely on the position of the Commission set forth in the no-action letters referred to above; and

 

  •  

must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a resale of the exchange notes.

The Commission considers broker-dealers that acquired outstanding notes directly from us, but not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, to be making a distribution of the exchange notes if they participate in the exchange offer. Consequently, these holders must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a resale of the exchange notes.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities must deliver a prospectus

 

70

Table of Contents

in connection with a resale of the exchange notes and provide us with a signed acknowledgement of this obligation. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus, as amended or supplemented from time to time, in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where the broker-dealer acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging and delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be considered to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to broker-dealers for use in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

Except as described in the prior paragraph, holders may not use this prospectus for an offer to resell, a resale or other retransfer of exchange notes. We are not making this exchange offer to, nor will we accept tenders for exchange from, holders of outstanding notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or the acceptance of it would not be in compliance with the securities or blue sky laws of that jurisdiction.

Terms of the Exchange

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, which we refer to together in this prospectus as the “exchange offer,” we will accept any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We will issue, on or promptly after the expiration date, an aggregate principal amount of up to $500 million of exchange notes for a like principal amount of outstanding notes tendered and accepted in connection with the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of their outstanding notes in connection with the exchange offer, but only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange.

The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the outstanding notes, except that:

 

  •  

we have registered the exchange notes under the Securities Act and therefore these notes will not bear legends restricting their transfer; and

 

  •  

specified rights under the registration rights agreement, including the provisions providing for payment of additional interest in specified circumstances relating to the exchange offer, will be limited or eliminated.

The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will be issued under the same indenture and entitled to the same benefits under that indenture as the outstanding notes being exchanged. As of the date of this prospectus, $500 million in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes were outstanding. Outstanding notes accepted for exchange will be retired and cancelled and will not be reissued.

In connection with the issuance of the outstanding notes, we arranged for the outstanding notes originally purchased by qualified institutional buyers to be issued and transferable in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, acting as depositary. Except as described under “–Book-Entry Transfer,” we will issue the exchange notes in the form of a global note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, and each beneficial owner’s interest in it will be transferable in book-entry form through DTC.

Holders of outstanding notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights in connection with the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission.

We will be considered to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes if and when we have given oral or written notice to that effect to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us.

 

71

Table of Contents

If we do not accept any tendered outstanding notes for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of the other events described in this prospectus or otherwise, we will return these outstanding notes, without expense, to the tendering holder as quickly as possible after the expiration date of the exchange offer.

Holders who tender outstanding notes will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes on exchange of outstanding notes in connection with the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than the applicable taxes described under “—Fees and Expenses” in connection with the exchange offer.

If we successfully complete the exchange offer, any outstanding notes which holders do not tender or which we do not accept in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest. The holders of outstanding notes after the exchange offer in general will not have further rights under the registration rights agreement, including registration rights and any rights to additional interest. Holders wishing to transfer the outstanding notes would have to rely on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The expiration date for the exchange offer is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on July 27, 2012. We may extend this expiration date in our sole discretion, but in no event to a date later than August 23, 2012, unless otherwise required by applicable law. If we so extend the expiration date, the term “expiration date” shall mean the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer.

We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

 

  •  

to delay accepting any outstanding notes, for example, in order to allow for the confirmation of tendered notes or for the rectification of any irregularity or defect in the tender of outstanding notes;

 

  •  

to extend the exchange offer;

 

  •  

to terminate the exchange offer if, in our sole judgment, any of the conditions described below shall not have been satisfied; or

 

  •  

to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

We will give notice by press release or other written public announcement of any delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent. In addition, we will give, as promptly as practicable, oral or written notice regarding any delay in acceptance, extension or termination of the offer to the registered holders of outstanding notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, or if we waive a material condition, we will promptly disclose the amendment or waiver in a manner reasonably calculated to notify the holders of outstanding notes of the amendment or waiver, and extend the offer as required by law to cause the exchange offer to remain open for at least five business days following such notice.

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination, amendment or waiver regarding the exchange offer, we shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any public announcement, other than by making a timely release to a financial news service.

Interest on the Exchange Notes

Interest on the exchange notes will accrue at the rate of 5 7/8% per annum on the principal amount, payable semiannually on February 1 and August 1, beginning August 1, 2012. Interest on the exchange notes will accrue from the date of issuance of the outstanding notes or the date of the last periodic payment of interest on such outstanding notes, whichever is later.

 

72

Table of Contents

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange notes for, any outstanding notes and we may terminate the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus, if:

 

  •  

the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder, violates, in our good faith determination, any applicable law, rule or regulation or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission;

 

  •  

any action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened with respect to the exchange offer which, in our reasonable judgment, would impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer; or

 

  •  

we have not obtained any governmental approval which we, in our sole discretion, exercised reasonably, consider necessary for the completion of the exchange offer as contemplated by this prospectus.

The conditions listed above are for our sole benefit. We may assert them regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any of these conditions or waive them in our sole discretion in whole or in part. A failure on our part to exercise any of our rights under any of the conditions shall not constitute a waiver of that right, and that right shall be considered an ongoing right which we may assert at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. All such conditions, other than those subject to governmental approval, will be satisfied or waived prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

If we determine that any of the events listed above has occurred, we may, subject to applicable law:

 

  •  

refuse to accept any outstanding notes and return all tendered outstanding notes to the tendering holders;

 

  •  

extend the exchange offer and retain all outstanding notes tendered before the expiration of the exchange offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw these outstanding notes; or

 

  •  

waive unsatisfied conditions relating to the exchange offer and accept all properly tendered outstanding notes that have not been withdrawn.

Any determination by us concerning the above events will be final and binding.

In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion, exercised reasonably, to:

 

  •  

purchase or make offers for any outstanding notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration date; and

 

  •  

to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase outstanding notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.

The terms of any purchases or offers may differ from the terms of the exchange offer. Those purchases may require the consent of the lenders under our senior credit facility.

Procedures for Tendering

Except in limited circumstances, only a Euroclear participant, Clearstream participant or DTC participant listed on a DTC securities position listing with respect to the outstanding notes may tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer. To tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer:

 

  •  

holders of outstanding notes that are DTC participants may follow the procedures for book-entry transfer as set forth under “—Book-Entry Transfer” and in the letter of transmittal; or

 

73

Table of Contents
  •  

Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants on behalf of the beneficial owners of outstanding notes are required to use book-entry transfer pursuant to the standard operating procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream. These procedures include the transmission of a computer-generated message to Euroclear or Clearstream in lieu of a letter of transmittal. See the description of “agent’s message” under “–Book-Entry Transfer.”

In addition, you must comply with one of the following:

 

  •  

the exchange agent must receive, before expiration of the exchange offer, a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream according to their respective standard operating procedures for electronic tenders and a properly transmitted agent’s message as described below; or

 

  •  

the exchange agent must receive any corresponding certificate or certificates representing outstanding notes along with the letter of transmittal; or

 

  •  

the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

The tender by a holder of outstanding notes will constitute an agreement between the holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal. If less than all the outstanding notes held by a holder are tendered, the tendering holder should fill in the amount of outstanding notes being tendered in the specified box on the letter of transmittal. The entire amount of outstanding notes delivered or transferred to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

The method of delivery of outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents or transmission of an agent’s message, as described under “–Book-Entry Transfer,” to the exchange agent is at the election and risk of the holder. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. No letter of transmittal or outstanding notes should be sent to us, DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream. Delivery of documents to DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with their respective procedures will not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

Any beneficial holder whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of his or its broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct it to tender on the beneficial holder’s behalf. If any beneficial holder wishes to tender on its own behalf, it must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering its outstanding notes, either:

 

  •  

make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in its name; or

 

  •  

obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time and may not be completed prior to the expiration date.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as described in “Withdrawal of Tenders,” must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution,” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as an “eligible institution,” unless the outstanding notes are tendered:

 

  •  

by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

 

  •  

for the account of an eligible institution.

 

74

Table of Contents

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed therein, the outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers which authorize the person to tender the outstanding notes on behalf of the registered holder, in either case signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the outstanding notes. If the letter of transmittal or any outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

We will determine in our sole discretion, exercised reasonably, all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance and withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes. We reserve the absolute right to reasonably reject any and all outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes whose acceptance by us would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding notes. Our interpretation of the form and procedures for tendering outstanding notes in the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, holders must cure any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes within a period we will determine. Although we intend to request the exchange agent to notify holders of defects or irregularities relating to tenders of outstanding notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will have any duty or incur any liability for failure to give this notification. We will not consider tenders of outstanding notes to have been made until these defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. The exchange agent will return any outstanding notes that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly following the expiration date.

In addition, we reserve the right, as set forth under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” to terminate the exchange offer.

By tendering, each holder represents to us, among other things, that:

 

  •  

the holder acquired exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  •  

the holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act; and

 

  •  

the holder is not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, the holder must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

Book-Entry Transfer

We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after the date of this prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may make book-entry delivery of outstanding notes by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s DTC account in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for the transfer. Any participant in Euroclear or Clearstream may make book-entry delivery of outstanding notes by causing Euroclear or Clearstream to transfer the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account in accordance with established Euroclear or Clearstream procedures for transfer. The exchange of exchange notes for tendered outstanding notes will only be made after a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account and timely receipt by the exchange agent of an agent’s message.

 

75

Table of Contents

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, and received by the exchange agent and forming part of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream has received an express acknowledgment from a participant tendering outstanding notes that the participant has received an appropriate letter of transmittal and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce the agreement against the participant. Delivery of an agent’s message will also constitute an acknowledgment from the tendering DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream participant that the representations contained in the letter of transmittal and described under “—Resale of Exchange Notes” are true and correct.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

The following guaranteed delivery procedures are intended for holders who wish to tender their outstanding notes but:

 

  •  

their outstanding notes are not immediately available;

 

  •  

the holders cannot deliver their outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal, or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date; or

 

  •  

the holders cannot complete the procedure under the respective DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream standard operating procedures for electronic tenders before expiration of the exchange offer.

The conditions that must be met to tender outstanding notes through the guaranteed delivery procedures are as follows:

 

  •  

the tender must be made through an eligible institution;

 

  •  

before expiration of the exchange offer, the exchange agent must receive from the eligible institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery in the form accompanying this prospectus, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, or a properly transmitted agent’s message in lieu of notice of guaranteed delivery:

 

  •  

setting forth the name and address of the holder, the certificate number or numbers of the outstanding notes tendered and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered;

 

  •  

stating that the tender offer is being made by guaranteed delivery;

 

  •  

guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after expiration of the exchange offer, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, together with the outstanding notes tendered or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

 

  •  

the exchange agent must receive the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal, or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, as well as all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after expiration of the exchange offer;

 

  •  

upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Your tender of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer is irrevocable except as otherwise provided in this section. You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

 

76

Table of Contents

For a withdrawal to be effective:

 

  •  

the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by facsimile transmission or letter, of withdrawal at the address set forth below under “Exchange Agent,” or

 

  •  

for DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream participants, holders must comply with their respective standard operating procedures for electronic tenders and the exchange agent must receive an electronic notice of withdrawal from DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

  •  

specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;

 

  •  

identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;

 

  •  

include a statement that the person is withdrawing his election to have such outstanding notes exchanged;

 

  •  

be signed by the person who tendered the outstanding notes in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal, including any required signature guarantees; and

 

  •  

specify the name in which the outstanding notes are to be re-registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the applicable facility. We will determine in our sole discretion, exercised reasonably, all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, for the withdrawal notices, and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer and no exchange notes will be issued with respect to them unless the outstanding notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any outstanding notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder without cost to the holder promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be re-tendered by following the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration date.

Fees and Expenses

We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including accounting and legal fees. We may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the outstanding notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.

Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes. If, however:

 

  •  

exchange notes are to be delivered to, or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the outstanding notes tendered; or

 

  •  

tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

 

  •  

a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding notes in connection with the exchange offer;

 

77

Table of Contents

then the tendering holder must pay the amount of any transfer taxes due, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons. If the tendering holder does not submit satisfactory evidence of payment of these taxes or exemption from them with the letter of transmittal, the amount of these transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

Accounting Treatment

The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the completion of the exchange offer.

Consequences of Failures to Properly Tender Outstanding Notes in the Exchange

We will issue the exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes under the exchange offer only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of the outstanding notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, holders of the outstanding notes desiring to tender outstanding notes in exchange for exchange notes should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities of tenders of outstanding notes for exchange. Outstanding notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted by us will, following completion of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to the existing restrictions upon transfer under the Securities Act. If we successfully complete the exchange offer, specified rights under the registration rights agreement, including registration rights and any right to additional interest, will be either limited or eliminated.

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary. In the event the exchange offer is completed, we will not be required to register the remaining outstanding notes. Remaining outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the following restrictions on transfer:

 

  •  

holders may resell outstanding notes only if we register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act, if an exemption from registration is available, or if the transaction requires neither registration under nor an exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

  •  

the remaining outstanding notes will bear a legend restricting transfer in the absence of registration or an exemption.

We do not currently anticipate that we will register any remaining outstanding notes under the Securities Act. To the extent that outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in connection with the exchange offer, any trading market for remaining outstanding notes could be adversely affected.

 

78

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a description of our material indebtedness, other than the outstanding notes. The terms of the outstanding notes are substantially identical to the terms of the exchange notes. See “Description of Exchange Notes.” The following summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the credit and security agreements and indentures to which each summary relates, which are included or incorporated by reference into the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Senior Credit Facility

On February 9, 2012, we entered into a restatement agreement with respect to our Senior Credit Facility in order to fund a new $100 million Term loan A facility and to make certain covenant changes to the senior credit facility, which was entered into on April 28, 2010, as amended. The Senior Credit Facility, for which JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. serves as administrative agent, consists of a $250 million revolving credit facility, a $270 million term loan A-1 facility, a $30 million term loan A-2 facility, a $100 million term loan A-3 facility, a $575 million term loan B facility and a $300 million incremental facility, which may be increased by up to an additional $200 million if the Senior Debt Ratio (as defined below) is less than or equal to 3.25 to 1. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Lamar Advertising of Puerto Rico, Inc. is the borrower of the $30 million term loan A-2 facility, while we are the borrower of each other facility. We may also from time to time designate additional wholly-owned subsidiaries as subsidiary borrowers under the incremental loan facility that can borrow up to $110 million of the incremental facility. Incremental loans may be in the form of additional term loan tranches or increases in the revolving credit facility. Our lenders have no obligation to make additional loans to us, or any designated subsidiary borrower, under the incremental facility, but may enter into such commitments in their sole discretion.

Amortization

The term loan A-1 began amortizing on June 30, 2011 in quarterly installments paid on each September 30, December 31, March 31 and June 30 thereafter, as follows:

 

Principal Payment Date

    Principal Amount  

June 30, 2011 — March 31, 2012

    $ 3,375,000   

June 30, 2012 — March 31, 2014

      6,750,000   

June 30, 2014 — March 31, 2015

      13,500,000   

June 30, 2015 — September 30, 2015

      37,125,000   

The term loan A-2 began amortizing on June 30, 2011 in quarterly installments paid on each September 30, December 31, March 31 and June 30 thereafter, as follows:

 

Principal Payment Date

    Principal Amount  

June 30, 2011 — March 31, 2012

    $ 375,000   

June 30, 2012 — March 31, 2014

      750,000   

June 30, 2014 — March 31, 2015

      1,500,000   

June 30, 2015 — September 30, 2015

      4,125,000   

The term loan A-3 will begin amortizing on March 31, 2013 in quarterly installments paid on each June 30, September 30, December 31 and March 31 thereafter, as follows:

 

Principal Payment Date

    Principal Amount  

March 31, 2013 — December 31, 2014

    $ 625,000   

March 31, 2015 — December 31, 2016

      1,250,000   

March 31, 2017 — June 30, 2017

      21,250,000   

August 9, 2017

      42,500,000   

 

79

Table of Contents

The term loan B will begin amortizing on September 30, 2012 in equal quarterly installments of $813,240.38 paid on each September 30, December 31, March 31 and June 30 thereafter, with the remainder payable at maturity.

Maturity

The term loan A-1 and term loan A-2 facilities will mature on December 31, 2015; the term loan A-3 will mature on August 9, 2017; the term loan B facility will mature on December 31, 2016; and the revolving credit facility will mature on April 28, 2015. Notwithstanding such maturity dates (i) if on December 31, 2013 any of our 9  3/4% Senior Notes due 2014 remain outstanding, the term loan A-1, term loan A-2, term loan B and revolving credit facilities will all mature on such date and (ii) if on May 15, 2015 any of our 6 5/8% Notes remain outstanding, the term loan A-1, term loan A-2, term loan B and revolving credit facilities will all mature on such date.

Interest

Interest on borrowings under the facilities is calculated, at our option, at a base rate equal to either of the following plus the applicable spread above such base rate:

 

  •  

with respect to base rate borrowings, the “Adjusted Base Rate” which is equal to the highest of: the rate publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime lending rate, or the applicable federal funds rate, plus 0.50%, or 1.0% plus the greater of (a) 2.00% and (b) the rate at which eurodollar deposits

 

  •  

for one month are quoted on Reuters Page LIBOR01 multiplied by the statutory reserve rate (determined based on maximum reserve percentages established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America); or

 

  •  

with respect to eurodollar rate borrowings, the rate at which eurodollar deposits for one, two, three or six months (as selected by us), or nine or twelve months with the consent of the lenders, are quoted on Reuters Page LIBOR01 multiplied by the statutory reserve rate (determined based on maximum reserve percentages established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America). The senior credit facility provides that the eurodollar rate for term loan B borrowings will not be less than 1.25% per annum at any time.

The spread applicable to borrowings is determined by reference to our trailing senior debt ratio (total senior debt to trailing four fiscal quarter EBITDA, as defined below).

Guarantees; Security

Our obligations and the obligations of Lamar Advertising of Puerto Rico, Inc. under our senior credit facility are guaranteed by Lamar Advertising and all of our domestic restricted subsidiaries. Such obligations and guarantees are secured by a pledge of all of our capital stock, all of the capital stock of our domestic restricted subsidiaries, and 65% of the capital stock of our first-tier foreign subsidiaries, as well as a security interest in all of our assets and those of our domestic restricted subsidiaries (including mortgages on certain parcels of real property held by TLC Properties, Inc.).

Covenants

Under the terms of the senior credit facility, we and our restricted subsidiaries are not permitted to incur any additional indebtedness over $150 million at any one time outstanding except:

 

  •  

indebtedness created by the senior credit facility;

 

80

Table of Contents
  •  

indebtedness in respect of notes issued by us so long as no default would result from the issuance and the terms of the notes comply with certain conditions;

 

  •  

existing indebtedness or, so long as no default would result therefrom, any extension, renewal, refunding or replacement of any existing indebtedness or indebtedness incurred by the issuance of notes as referred to in the paragraph above;

 

  •  

indebtedness in respect of first lien notes issued by us to extend, renew, refund or refinancing existing first lien indebtedness so long as no default would result from the issuance and the terms of the notes comply with certain conditions; and

 

  •  

indebtedness of ours to any wholly owned subsidiary and of any wholly owned subsidiary to us.

The senior credit facility also places certain restrictions upon our, and our restricted subsidiaries’, ability to, among other things:

 

  •  

incur liens or guarantee obligations;

 

  •  

pay dividends and make other distributions including distributions to Lamar Advertising;

 

  •  

make investments and enter into joint ventures or hedging agreements;

 

  •  

dispose of assets; and

 

  •  

engage in transactions with affiliates except on an arms-length basis.

In addition, under the new senior credit facility we and our restricted subsidiaries cannot exceed the following financial ratios:

 

  •  

a Total Holdings Debt Ratio, defined as total consolidated debt of Lamar Advertising and its restricted subsidiaries as of any date to EBITDA, as defined below, for the most recent four fiscal quarters then ended; and

 

  •  

a Senior Debt Ratio, defined as total consolidated senior debt of us and our restricted subsidiaries as of any date to EBITDA, as defined below, for the most recent four fiscal quarters then ended.

Pursuant to the Total Holdings Debt Ratio, Lamar Advertising may not exceed the following ratios during the periods noted, as set forth below:

 

Period

    Ratio  

December 31, 2011 through and including March 30, 2012

      6.75 to 1.00   

March 31, 2012 through and including March 30, 2013

      6.25 to 1.00   

From and after March 31, 2013

      6.00 to 1.00   

Pursuant to the Senior Debt Ratio, we must maintain a Senior Debt Ratio of 3.25 to 1.00.

The senior credit facility also requires us and our restricted subsidiaries to maintain a fixed charges coverage ratio, defined as the ratio of EBITDA, as defined below, for the most recent four fiscal quarters to (1) the total payments of principal and interest on debt for such period plus (2) capital expenditures made during such period plus (3) income and franchise tax payments made during such period, of greater than or equal to 1.05 to 1.

As defined under the senior credit facility, EBITDA is, for any period, operating income for Lamar Advertising and its restricted subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP) for such period (calculated before taxes, interest expense, depreciation, amortization and any other non-cash income or charges accrued for such period, one-time cash restructuring and cash severance changes in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009 of up to $2,500,000 aggregate amount, charges and expenses in connection with

 

81

Table of Contents

the credit facility transactions and the repurchase or redemption of our 7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013, and (except to the extent received or paid in cash by us or any of our restricted subsidiaries) income or loss attributable to equity in affiliates for such period) excluding any extraordinary and unusual gains or losses during such period and excluding the proceeds of any casualty events whereby insurance or other proceeds are received and certain dispositions not in the ordinary course. For purposes of calculating EBITDA, the effect on such calculation of any adjustments required under Statement of Accounting Standards No. 141R is excluded. EBITDA under the senior credit facility is also adjusted to reflect certain acquisitions or dispositions as if such acquisitions or dispositions were made on the first day of such period.

Events of Default; Change of control

The credit facility contains customary events of default (including payment defaults, cross-defaults to certain of our other indebtedness, breach of representations and covenants and change of control). The occurrence of an event of default under the credit facility would permit the lenders to accelerate the indebtedness and terminate the senior credit facility.

A change in control would occur if:

 

  •  

we cease to be a wholly owned subsidiary of Lamar Advertising;

 

  •  

Charles W. Lamar, III or Kevin P. Reilly, Sr. and their immediate family (including grandchildren) and entities under their control no longer hold sufficient voting stock of Lamar Advertising to elect at all times a majority of its board of directors;

 

  •  

anyone other than the holders specified in the preceding bullet acquire shares of Lamar Advertising representing more than 20% of the ordinary voting power or acquire control of Lamar Advertising;

 

  •  

a majority of the seats on Lamar Advertising’s board is occupied by persons who were neither nominated by the board of directors of Lamar Advertising nor appointed by directors so nominated; or

 

  •  

the occurrence of any “change of control” under and as defined in the indentures for our 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes dues 2018, our 93/4% Senior Notes due 2014, our 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 or certain notes that may be hereinafter issued (including refunding indebtedness).

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

On August 16, 2005, we issued $400 million in aggregate principal amount of 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 under an indenture among us, as issuer, certain of our subsidiaries and The Bank of New York Trust Company N.A., as trustee. The 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 are a separate class of securities from and do not trade fungibly with the 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B that we issued on August 17, 2006 or the 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C that were issued on October 11, 2007, both of which are described below.

These notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations that are subordinated to indebtedness under the senior credit facility and our other senior indebtedness, which includes our 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014. They are pari passu in right of payment with our existing 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C, 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 and the notes being offered hereby. These notes rank senior to all of our other existing and future subordinated indebtedness. These notes bear interest at 6 5/8% per annum, payable twice a year on each of February 15 and August 15.

We may redeem these notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after August 15, 2010. If a redemption occurs before August 15, 2013, we will pay a premium on the principal amount of the notes. This premium decreases annually from approximately 3.3% for a redemption on or after August 15, 2010, to approximately 1.1% for a redemption on or after August 15, 2012 and is phased out completely on August 15, 2013.

 

82

Table of Contents

Our obligations under these notes are guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries, except Missouri Logos, a Partnership. The guarantees under these notes are subordinated in right of payment to the guarantees under our senior credit facility.

The holders of these notes may force us to immediately repay the principal on these notes, including interest to the acceleration date, if, among other things, we fail to make payments that result in an acceleration on other indebtedness under which we have at least $20 million outstanding.

The indenture places certain restrictions upon our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to, among other things:

 

  •  

incur additional indebtedness;

 

  •  

issue preferred stock;

 

  •  

pay dividends or make other distributions or redeem capital stock;

 

  •  

incur liens or guarantee obligations;

 

  •  

dispose of assets; and

 

  •  

engage in transactions with affiliates except on an arms’ length basis.

Upon a “change of control” (as defined in the indenture), we will be obligated to offer to purchase all of the outstanding notes at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest, if any. In addition, if we sell certain assets, we will be obligated to offer to purchase outstanding notes with the proceeds of the asset sale at a purchase price of 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest, if any.

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B

On August 17, 2006, we issued $216.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B under an indenture among us, as issuer, certain of our subsidiaries and The Bank of New York Trust Company N.A., as trustee. The 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B are a separate class of securities from and do not trade fungibly with the 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 that we issued on August 16, 2005, which are described above, or the 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C that were issued on October 11, 2007, which are described below.

These notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations that are subordinated to indebtedness under the senior credit facility and our other senior indebtedness, which includes our 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014. They are pari passu in right of payment with our existing 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C, 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 and the notes being offered hereby. These notes rank senior to all of our other existing and future subordinated indebtedness. These notes bear interest at 6 5/8% per annum, payable twice a year on each of February 15 and August 15.

We may redeem these notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after August 15, 2010. If a redemption occurs before August 15, 2013, we will pay a premium on the principal amount of the notes redeemed. This premium decreases annually from approximately 3.3% for a redemption on or after August 15, 2010, to approximately 1.1% for a redemption on or after August 15, 2012 and is phased out completely on August 15, 2013.

Our obligations under these notes are guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries, except Missouri Logos, a Partnership. The guarantees under these notes are subordinated in right of payment to the guarantees under our senior credit facility.

 

83

Table of Contents

The holders of these notes may force us to immediately repay the principal on these notes, including interest to the acceleration date, if, among other things, we fail to make payments that result in an acceleration on other indebtedness under which at least $20 million is outstanding.

The indenture places certain restrictions upon our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to, among other things:

 

  •  

incur additional indebtedness;

 

  •  

issue preferred stock;

 

  •  

pay dividends or make other distributions or redeem capital stock;

 

  •  

incur liens or guarantee obligations;

 

  •  

dispose of assets; and

 

  •  

engage in transactions with affiliates except on an arms’ length basis.

Upon a “change of control” (as defined in the indenture), we will be obligated to offer to purchase all of the outstanding notes at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest, if any. In addition, if we sell certain assets, we will be obligated to offer to purchase outstanding notes with the proceeds of the asset sale at a purchase price of 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest, if any.

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C

On October 11, 2007, we issued $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C under an indenture among us, as issuer, certain of our subsidiaries and The Bank of New York Trust Company N.A., as trustee. The 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C are a separate class of securities from and do not trade fungibly with the 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 that we issued on August 16, 2005 or the 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B that were issued on August 17, 2006, both of which are described above.

These notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations that are subordinated to indebtedness under the senior credit facility and our other senior indebtedness, which includes our 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014. They are pari passu in right of payment with our existing 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B, 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 and the notes being offered hereby. These notes rank senior to all of our other existing and future subordinated indebtedness. These notes bear interest at 6 5/8% per annum, payable twice a year on each of February 15 and August 15.

We may redeem these notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after August 15, 2010. If a redemption occurs before August 15, 2013, we will pay a premium on the principal amount of the notes redeemed. This premium decreases annually from approximately 3.3% for a redemption on or after August 15, 2010, to approximately 1.1% for a redemption on or after August 15, 2012 and is phased out completely on August 15, 2013.

Our obligations under these notes are guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries, except Missouri Logos, a Partnership. The guarantees under these notes are subordinated in right of payment to the guarantees under our senior credit facility.

The holders of these notes may force us to immediately repay the principal on these notes, including interest to the acceleration date, if, among other things, we fail to make payments that result in an acceleration on other indebtedness under which at least $20 million is outstanding.

 

84

Table of Contents

The indenture places certain restrictions upon our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to, among other things:

 

  •  

incur additional indebtedness;

 

  •  

issue preferred stock;

 

  •  

pay dividends or make other distributions or redeem capital stock;

 

  •  

incur liens or guarantee obligations;

 

  •  

dispose of assets; and

 

  •  

engage in transactions with affiliates except on an arms’ length basis.

Upon a “change of control” (as defined in the indenture), we will be obligated to offer to purchase all of the outstanding notes at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest, if any. In addition, if we sell certain assets, we will be obligated to offer to purchase outstanding notes with the proceeds of the asset sale at a purchase price of 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest, if any.

9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014

On March 27, 2009 we issued $350 million in aggregate principal amount of 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014 under an indenture among us, as issuer, certain of our subsidiaries and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.

These notes are our general unsecured obligations and rank senior to all of our existing and future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to them, including our 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, our 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B, our 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C, our 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 and the notes offered hereby. These notes rank equally with all of our existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated and will be effectively subordinated to all of our secured debt (to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt), including our senior credit facility, and structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes. These notes bear interest at 9 3/4% per annum, payable twice a year on each of April 1 and October 1.

We may redeem these notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to April 1, 2014 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium and accrued interest. We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price equal to 109.75% of the aggregate principal amount so redeemed, plus accrued interest to (but not including) the redemption date, using the proceeds from certain public equity offerings completed before April 1, 2012 so long as at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes originally issued remains outstanding.

Our obligations under these notes are guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries, except Missouri Logos, a Partnership. The guarantees are generally unsecured obligations of the guarantors and rank senior to all their existing and future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the guarantees. The guarantees rank equally with all existing and future liabilities of such guarantors that are not so subordinated and will be effectively subordinated to all of such guarantors’ secured debt (to the extent of the collateral securing such debt), including their guarantees of our senior credit facility.

The holders of these notes may force us to immediately repay the principal on these notes, including interest to the acceleration date, if, among other things, we fail to make payments that result in an acceleration on other indebtedness under which we have at least $20 million outstanding.

The indenture places certain restrictions on our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

  •  

incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;

 

 

85

Table of Contents
  •  

make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments;

 

  •  

create certain liens;

 

  •  

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

  •  

agree to any restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to us;

 

  •  

merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets; and

 

  •  

sell assets.

Upon a “change in control” (as defined in the indenture), we will be obligated to offer to purchase all the outstanding notes at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest, if any. In addition, if we sell certain assets, we will be obligated to offer to repurchase outstanding notes with the proceeds of the asset sale at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018

On April 22, 2010, we issued $400 million in aggregate principal amount of 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 under an indenture among us, as issuer, certain of our subsidiaries and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.

These notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations, which are subordinated to indebtedness under the senior credit facility and our other senior indebtedness, which includes our 9 3/4% senior notes due 2014. They are pari passu in right of payment with our 6 5/8% senior subordinated notes due 2015, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C and the notes being offered hereby. These notes rank senior to all of our other existing and future subordinated indebtedness. These notes bear interest at 7 7/8% per annum, payable twice a year on each of April 15 and October 15.

We may redeem these notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after April 15, 2014. If a redemption occurs before April 15, 2016, we will pay a premium on the principal amount of the notes. This premium decreases annually from approximately 3.19% for a redemption between April 15, 2014 through April 15, 2015 to approximately 1.7% for a redemption on or after April 15, 2015 and is phased out completely on April 15, 2016.

Our obligations under these notes are guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries, except Missouri Logos, a partnership. The guarantees under these notes are subordinated in right of payment to the guarantees under our senior credit facility.

The holders of these notes may force us to immediately repay the principal on these notes, including interest to the acceleration date, if, among other things, we fail to make payments on other indebtedness under which we have at least $10 million outstanding.

The indenture places certain restrictions upon our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to, among other things:

 

  •  

incur additional indebtedness;

 

  •  

issue preferred stock;

 

  •  

pay dividends or make other distributions or redeem capital stock;

 

  •  

incur liens or guarantee obligations;

 

  •  

dispose of assets; and

 

  •  

engage in transactions with affiliates except on an arms’ length basis.

 

86

Table of Contents

Upon a “change of control” (as defined in the indenture), we will be obligated to offer to purchase all of the outstanding notes at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest, if any. In addition, if we sell certain assets, we will be obligated to offer to purchase outstanding notes with the proceeds of the asset sale at a purchase price of 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest, if any.

5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2022

On February 9, 2012 we issued $500 million in aggregate principal amount of 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2022 under an indenture among us, as issuer, certain of our subsidiaries and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The terms of these notes are substantially identical to the terms of the exchange notes. See “Description of Exchange Notes.”

 

87

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE NOTES

The exchange notes, which are referred to in this section as the “notes,” will be issued under an indenture, dated as of February 9, 2012, among Lamar Media, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. The terms of the notes include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”), as in effect on the date of the indenture. The notes are subject to all such terms, and holders of the notes are referred to the indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of the terms therein. The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the notes. A copy of the form of indenture is available upon request to Lamar Media or the initial purchasers. The definitions of certain capitalized terms are set forth under “—Certain Definitions” or as otherwise defined throughout this description. For purposes of this description, references to “Lamar Media,” “we,” “us” or “our” include only Lamar Media Corp. and not its Subsidiaries and “Lamar Advertising” includes only Lamar Advertising Company and not its Subsidiaries.

General

The notes will be:

 

  •  

general unsecured obligations of Lamar Media;

 

  •  

subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media;

 

  •  

pari passu in right of payment with Lamar Media’s existing 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C, 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 and any additional future senior subordinated Indebtedness of Lamar Media;

 

  •  

senior in right of payment to any existing or future subordinated Indebtedness of Lamar Media; and

 

  •  

effectively subordinated to any secured Indebtedness of Lamar Media or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.

 

  •  

effectively subordinated to all liabilities of the Subsidiaries of Lamar Media that are not Guarantors.

The notes will be unconditionally guaranteed by each of our existing and future domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Missouri Logos, a Partnership).

The Guarantees will be:

 

  •  

general unsecured obligations of each Guarantor;

 

  •  

subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each Guarantor;

 

  •  

pari passu in right of payment with each Guarantor’s guarantee of Lamar Media’s existing 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C, 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 and any additional future senior subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and

 

  •  

effectively subordinated to any secured Indebtedness of each Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness.

The notes will be issued in an initial aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000. We may from time to time issue additional notes pursuant to the indenture having identical terms and conditions to the notes we are currently offering (the “Additional Notes”). We will only be permitted to issue such Additional Notes if at the time of such issuance, and after giving effect thereto, we are in compliance with the covenants contained in the indenture. Any Additional Notes will be part of the same series as the notes that we are currently offering and will vote on all matters with the notes. For purposes of this “Description of Exchange Notes,” except for the covenant described under “—Material covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness and Preferred Stock

 

88

Table of Contents

of Restricted Subsidiaries,” references to the notes include Additional Notes, if any. In addition, Lamar Media may incur additional indebtedness if at the time of such issuance, and after giving effect thereto, we are in compliance with the covenants contained in the indenture.

Maturity, Interest and Principal

The notes will mature on February 1, 2022. The notes will bear interest at a rate of 5 7/8% per year from February 9, 2012 until maturity. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1, commencing August 1, 2012, to holders of record of the notes at the close of business on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15. The notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund.

The notes will be issued in registered form, without coupons, and in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

Optional Redemption

The notes will be redeemable at the option of Lamar Media, in whole or in part, at any time on or after February 1, 2017, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), together, in each case, with accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1, of each year listed below:

 

Year

    Percentage  

2017

      102.938 % 

2018

      101.958 % 

2019

      100.979 % 

2020 and thereafter

      100.000 % 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lamar Media may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of notes at any time and from time to time prior to February 1, 2015 at a redemption price equal to 105.875% of the aggregate principal amount so redeemed, plus accrued interest to (but not including) the redemption date, out of the Net Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however, that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and that any such redemption occurs within 120 days following the closing of any such Equity Offering.

In addition, at any time prior to February 1, 2017, Lamar Media may redeem all or any portion of the notes outstanding at a redemption price equal to:

 

  •  

100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date (subject to the rights of holders of record of the notes on the relevant record date to receive payments of interest on the related interest payment date), plus

 

  •  

the Make Whole Amount.

Selection and Notice

In the event of redemption of fewer than all of the notes, the trustee shall select either pro rata or in such other manner as it shall deem fair and equitable (subject to applicable DTC procedures) the notes to be redeemed; provided, however, that if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering, selection of the notes for redemption shall be made by the trustee only on a pro rata basis (subject to applicable DTC procedures), unless such method is otherwise prohibited. The notes will be redeemable in whole or in part upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, mailed by first class mail to a holder’s last address as it shall appear on the register maintained by the Registrar of the notes. On and after any redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption unless Lamar Media shall fail to redeem any such note.

 

89

Table of Contents

Subordination

The indebtedness represented by the notes, including principal, premium, if any, and interest, will be, to the extent and in the manner provided in the indenture, subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media. As of March 31, 2012, the principal amount of outstanding Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media, on a consolidated basis, was approximately $1.03 billion. We will have the ability to incur additional Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility and will be permitted to incur additional Senior Indebtedness under the indenture.

The indenture provides that no payment (by set-off or otherwise) may be made by or on behalf of Lamar Media on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the notes, or on account of the redemption provisions of the notes, for cash or property (other than Junior Securities), (i) upon the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media by lapse of time, acceleration (unless waived) or otherwise, unless and until all principal of, premium, if any, and the interest on such Senior Indebtedness are first paid in full in cash or (ii) in the event of default in the payment of any principal, premium, if any, or interest in respect of any Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media when it becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise (a “Payment Default”), unless and until such Payment Default has been cured or waived or otherwise has ceased to exist.

Upon (i) the happening of an event of default (other than a Payment Default) that permits the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness to declare such Designated Senior Indebtedness to be due and payable and (ii) written notice of such event of default given to Lamar Media and the trustee by the representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness (a “Payment Notice”), then, unless and until such event of default has been cured or waived or otherwise has ceased to exist, no payment (by set-off or otherwise) may be made by or on behalf of Lamar Media on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the notes, or on account of the redemption provisions of the notes, in any such case, other than payments made with Junior Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Designated Senior Indebtedness in respect of which such event of default exists has been declared due and payable in its entirety within 179 days after the Payment Notice is delivered as set forth above (the “Payment Blockage Period”) (and such declaration has not been rescinded or waived), at the end of the Payment Blockage Period, Lamar Media shall, unless a Payment Default exists, be required to pay all sums not paid to the holders of the notes during the Payment Blockage Period due to the foregoing prohibitions and to resume all other payments as and when due on the notes. Any number of Payment Notices may be given; provided, however, that (i) not more than one Payment Notice shall be given within a period of any 360 consecutive days, and (ii) no default that existed upon the date of such Payment Notice, if the representative of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness that gave such Payment Notice knew of such default on such date (whether or not such event of default is on the same issue of Designated Senior Indebtedness), shall be made the basis for the commencement of any other Payment Blockage Period unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of at least 90 consecutive days.

Upon any distribution of assets of Lamar Media upon any dissolution, winding up, total or partial liquidation or reorganization of Lamar Media, whether voluntary or involuntary, in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or a similar proceeding or upon assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of assets or liabilities, (i) the holders of all Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media will first be entitled to receive payment in full in cash before the holders of notes are entitled to receive any payment on account of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes (other than Junior Securities) and (ii) any payment or distribution of assets of Lamar Media of any kind or character from any source, whether in cash, property or securities (other than Junior Securities) to which the holders of notes or the trustee on behalf of the holders of notes would be entitled (by set-off or otherwise), except for the subordination provisions contained in the indenture, will be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making such a payment or distribution directly to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative to the extent necessary to make payment in full in cash on all such Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

90

Table of Contents

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of Lamar Media (other than Junior Securities) shall be received by the trustee at a time when such payment or distribution is prohibited by the foregoing provisions, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, and shall be paid or delivered by the trustee to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably according to the aggregate principal amounts remaining unpaid on account of such Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, for application to the payment of all such Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all such Senior Indebtedness in full in cash after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

By reason of such subordination, in the event of liquidation or insolvency, creditors of Lamar Media who are holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover more, ratably, than the holders of the notes, and funds which would be otherwise payable to the holders of the notes will be paid to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to the extent necessary to pay the Senior Indebtedness in full, and Lamar Media may be unable to meet its obligations fully with respect to the notes.

Each Guarantee will, to the extent set forth in the indenture, be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the respective Guarantor, including obligations of such Guarantor with respect to the Senior Credit Facility (including any guarantee thereof), and will be subject to the rights of holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor to initiate blockage periods, upon terms substantially comparable to the subordination of the notes to all Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media.

If Lamar Media or any Guarantor fails to make any payment on the notes or any Guarantee, as the case may be, when due or within any applicable grace period, whether or not on account of payment blockage provisions, such failure would constitute an Event of Default under the indenture and would enable the holders of the notes to accelerate the maturity thereof. See “—Events of Default.”

A holder of notes by his acceptance of notes agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the indenture and appoints the trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

Guarantees

The notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by the Guarantors. All payments pursuant to the Guarantees by the Guarantors are subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors, including guarantees of indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility, to the same extent and in the same manner that all payments pursuant to the notes are subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media, pari passu in right of payment with the guarantees of our existing 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series B, 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C, 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 and any future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Guarantors, and senior in right to payment to any future subordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantors.

The obligations of each Guarantor are limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees of Senior Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. In making any calculation relevant to determining such maximum amount, all Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred prior to the Issue Date. Each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under a Guarantee shall be entitled to a

 

91

Table of Contents

contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets of each Guarantor. See “Risk factors—Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the guarantees of the notes by our subsidiaries and require the holders of the notes to return payments received from the subsidiary guarantors.”

Upon (i) the release of all guarantees by a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of Lamar Media and the release of all Liens on the property and assets of such Guarantor securing such guarantees or (ii) the sale or disposition (whether by merger, sale of stock or otherwise) of a Guarantor (or substantially all of its assets) to an entity which is not a Subsidiary of Lamar Media which is otherwise in compliance with the indenture (and providing that the guarantee and Liens referred to in the foregoing clause (i) are also released at such time), such Guarantor shall be deemed released from all its obligations under the indenture and its Guarantee. In the event that a Restricted Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be obligated to a Guarantor pursuant to the provisions under “—Material covenants—Guarantees of Material Indebtedness,” as long as no Default or Event of Default is existing or will result therefrom, it shall be released from its obligations under the indenture and its Guarantee.

Material Covenants

The indenture will contain, among others, the following covenants:

Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

Lamar Media will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) other than Permitted Indebtedness, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Preferred Stock, unless:

(a) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the issuance of any such Preferred Stock and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof, Lamar Media’s Leverage Ratio is less than 7.0 to 1; and

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such preferred stock.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Preferred Stock may only be issued by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the preceding sentence to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant (“—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries”), in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first sentence of this covenant, Lamar Media or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be permitted to classify on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify, all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant. Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by another one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the accretion of accreted value shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

Lamar Media will not make, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, any Restricted Payment unless:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment;

 

92

Table of Contents

(b) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment, Lamar Media could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under the covenant set forth under “—Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries”; and

(c) immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the aggregate of all Restricted Payments declared or made after the Existing Notes Issue Date does not exceed the sum of (without duplication):

(1) 100% of Lamar Media’s Cumulative EBITDA minus 1.4 times Lamar Media’s Cumulative Consolidated Interest Expense, plus

(2) 100% of the aggregate Net Proceeds and the fair market value of securities or other property received by Lamar Media, after January 1, 2001, from (a) the issue or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock or Capital Stock of Lamar Media issued to any Subsidiary of Lamar Media) of Lamar Media or any Indebtedness or other securities of Lamar Media convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Lamar Media which has been so converted or exercised or exchanged, as the case may be, (b) any capital contribution to Lamar Media from Lamar Advertising (except as contemplated by clause (vi) of the following paragraph) and (c) any loans made to Lamar Media by Lamar Advertising prior to the Existing Notes Issue Date upon the cancellation of such loans by Lamar Advertising, plus

(3) the net reductions in Investments (other than reductions in Permitted Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans, partial or total releases or discharges of Guaranteed Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations, or from designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, valued in each case at the fair market value thereof, not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by Lamar Media and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person, plus

(4) the aggregate balance of the Mirror Loan Indebtedness cancelled or terminated prior to the Issue Date.

For purposes of determining under this clause (c) the amount expended for Restricted Payments, cash distributed shall be valued at the face amount thereof and property other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value as determined by the board of directors reasonably and in good faith. As of March 31, 2012, the total amount available for making Restricted Payments under this clause (c) was approximately $1.6 billion.

The provisions of this covenant shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at such date of declaration such payment would comply with the provisions of the indenture; provided, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph, such amounts declared shall be included in the calculation but such amounts expended shall be excluded from the calculation;

(ii) the retirement of any shares of Capital Stock of Lamar Media or Indebtedness of Lamar Media subordinated or pari passu in right of payment to the notes by conversion into, or by or in exchange for, shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock), or out of, the Net Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Lamar Media) of other shares of Capital Stock of Lamar Media (other than Disqualified Capital Stock); provided, however, that the amount of any such Net Proceeds that are utilized for any such retirement shall be excluded from clause (c)(2) of the immediately preceding paragraph; provided further, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be excluded from the calculation;

(iii) the redemption or retirement of Indebtedness of Lamar Media subordinated or pari passu in right of payment to the notes in exchange for, by conversion into, or out of the Net Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent sale or incurrence of Indebtedness (it being understood that a redemption or retirement or irrevocable deposit for redemption or retirement of Indebtedness within 45 days of such sale or incurrence

 

93

Table of Contents

shall be deemed “substantially concurrent”) of Lamar Media (other than any Indebtedness owed to a Subsidiary of Lamar Media) that is, with respect to any such subordinated Indebtedness, contractually subordinated in right of payment to the notes to at least the same extent as the subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed or retired, with respect to any such pari passu Indebtedness, pari passu or subordinated in right of payment to the notes and, with respect to any such subordinated or pari passu Indebtedness, (x) has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the 91st day after the Final Maturity Date or the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being redeemed or retired, whichever is earlier and (y) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being redeemed or retired; provided, however, that the amount of any such Net Proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption or retirement shall be excluded from clause (c)(2) of the immediately preceding paragraph; provided further, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to this clause (iii) shall be excluded from the calculation;

(iv) the funding of loans (but not including the forgiveness of any such loan) to executive officers, directors and shareholders for relocation loans, bonus advances and other purposes consistent with past practices or the purchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of shares of Capital Stock of Lamar Advertising or Lamar Media (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or options on such shares held by Lamar Advertising’s or Lamar Media’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ officers or employees or former officers or employees (or their estates or trusts or beneficiaries under their estates or trusts for the benefit of such beneficiaries) upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of such current or former officers or employees pursuant to the terms of an employee benefit plan or any other agreement pursuant to which such shares of Capital Stock or options were issued or pursuant to a severance, buy-sell or right of first refusal agreement with such current or former officer or employee; provided that the aggregate amount of any such loans funded and cash consideration paid, or distributions made, pursuant to this clause (iv) do not in any one fiscal year exceed $7 million; provided further, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to this clause (iv) shall be excluded from the calculation;

(v) the making of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30 million since the Issue Date; provided, however, that Lamar Media or the Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Investments pursuant to this clause (v) up to an aggregate amount not to exceed $20 million if Lamar Media is able, at the time of any such Investment and immediately after giving effect thereto, to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with the “Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant; provided further, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date for purposes of clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to this clause (v) shall be included in the calculation;

(vi) distributions by Lamar Media to Lamar Advertising to permit Lamar Advertising to pay obligations actually incurred by Lamar Advertising in respect of the payment of operating expenses of Lamar Media or the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed 5% of the total operating expenses of Lamar Media and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP and Tax Payments permitted by clause (v) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates”; provided, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to this clause (vi) shall be excluded from the calculation; and

(vii) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year of Lamar Media; provided, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date for purposes of clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph, amounts expended pursuant to this clause (vii) shall be included in the calculation.

 

94

Table of Contents

Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Debt

Lamar Media will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly incur, contingently or otherwise, any Indebtedness that is both (i) subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, and (ii) senior in right of payment to the notes or any of the Guarantees, as the case may be.

Limitation on Liens

Lamar Media will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Liens of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) to secure Indebtedness upon any Property, assets, income or profit of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary or any shares of stock or debt of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether or not any of the foregoing is now owned or hereafter acquired) unless (i) if such Lien secures Indebtedness which is pari passu in right of payment with the notes, then the notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligation is no longer secured by a Lien or (ii) if such Lien secures Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the notes, any such Lien shall be subordinated to a Lien granted to the holders of the notes in the same collateral as that securing such Lien to the same extent as such subordinated Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

Lamar Media will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or suffer to exist any transaction or series of related transactions with any Affiliate (an “Affiliate Transaction”) or extend, renew, waive or otherwise modify the terms of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the Issue Date unless the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to Lamar Media or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are at least as favorable as the terms which could be obtained by Lamar Media or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm’s-length basis between unaffiliated parties. In any Affiliate Transaction involving an amount or having a value in excess of $5 million Lamar Media must obtain a resolution of the board of directors approved by a majority of the members of the board of directors (and a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors) certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this “Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates” covenant. In any Affiliate Transaction with a value in excess of $20 million Lamar Media must obtain, for delivery to the trustee, a written opinion that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this “Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates” from an independent investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing. The foregoing provisions will not apply to:

(i) any Restricted Payment that is not prohibited by the provisions described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” (other than those described in clause (v) of the second paragraph thereunder),

(ii) any transaction between Lamar Media and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or between Restricted Subsidiaries,

(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of Lamar Media who are not employees of Lamar Media and any employment and consulting arrangements entered into by Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary with its executives or consultants in the ordinary course of business,

(iv) any transaction with a joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because Lamar Media or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity; provided that no Affiliate of Lamar Media or any of its Subsidiaries other than Lamar Media or a Restricted Subsidiary shall have a beneficial interest in such joint venture or similar entity,

(v) for so long as Lamar Media is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with Lamar Advertising, payments to Lamar Advertising in respect of (A) an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to Lamar Media and its Subsidiaries, taking into account any

 

95

Table of Contents

carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net operating losses) of Lamar Media and such Subsidiaries from other taxable years and (B) any cancellation of debt income in connection with any refinancing of Indebtedness of Lamar Advertising (collectively, “Tax Payments”); provided that any Tax Payments received from Lamar Media shall be paid over to the appropriate taxing authority within 30 days of Lamar Advertising’s receipt of such Tax Payments or refunded to Lamar Media, or

(vi) any employment, indemnification, severance or other agreement or transactions relating to employee benefits or benefit plans with any employee, consultant or director of Lamar Media or a Restricted Subsidiary that is entered into by Lamar Media or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

Limitation on Guarantees of Material Indebtedness

Lamar Media will not permit any of the:

(A) domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Guarantors) to: (i) incur, guarantee or secure through the granting of Liens the payment of any Indebtedness of Lamar Media or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or (ii) pledge any intercompany notes representing obligations of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the payment of any Indebtedness of Lamar Media, or

(B) Restricted Subsidiaries that are not domestic Restricted Subsidiaries to guarantee the Senior Credit Facility,

in each case unless such Restricted Subsidiary, Lamar Media and the trustee execute and deliver a supplemental indenture evidencing such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee under the indenture. Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of the indenture.

Limitation On Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

Lamar Media will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock;

(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(c) make loans or advances to Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(d) transfer any of its properties or assets to Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(e) grant liens or security interests on the assets of Lamar Media or the Restricted Subsidiaries in favor of the holders of the notes; or

(f) guarantee the notes or any renewals or refinancings thereof,

in each case, except for Permitted Dividend Encumbrances.

Limitation on Certain Asset Sales

Lamar Media will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

(i) Lamar Media or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such sale or other disposition at least equal to the fair market value thereof (as determined in good faith by Lamar Media’s board of directors and evidenced by a board resolution);

 

96

Table of Contents

(ii) not less than 75% of the consideration received by Lamar Media or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or cash equivalents (those equivalents allowed under “Temporary Cash Investments”) or Replacement Assets (as defined below); provided, however, that the amount of (x) any liabilities of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiaries that are assumed by the transferee of such assets and for which Lamar Media and its Restricted Subsidiaries are released, including any such Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary whose stock is purchased by the transferee and (y) any notes or other securities received by Lamar Media or any such Restricted Subsidiary which are converted into cash within 180 days after such Asset Sale (to the extent of cash received) shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and

(iii) the Asset Sale Proceeds received by Lamar Media or such Restricted Subsidiary are applied

(a) first, to the extent Lamar Media elects, or is required, to permanently prepay, repay or purchase existing Senior Indebtedness (or Purchase Money Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the notes solely to the extent that such Asset Sale involves property or assets securing such Purchase Money Indebtedness pursuant to a lien granted pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”) within 360 days following the receipt of the Asset Sale Proceeds from any Asset Sale; provided, however, that any such repayment shall result in a permanent reduction of the commitments thereunder in an amount equal to the principal amount so repaid;

(b) second, to the extent of the balance of Asset Sale Proceeds after application as described above, to the extent Lamar Media elects, to an investment in assets (including Capital Stock or other securities purchased in connection with the acquisition of Capital Stock or property of another Person that is, or becomes, a Subsidiary of Lamar Media or that would constitute a Permitted Investment under clause (e) of the definition thereof) used or useful in businesses similar or ancillary to the business of Lamar Media and the Restricted Subsidiaries as conducted at the time of such Asset Sale (collectively, “Replacement Assets”); provided, however, that such investment occurs and such Asset Sale Proceeds are so applied within 360 days following the receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds (the “Reinvestment Date”); and

(c) third, if on the Reinvestment Date with respect to any Asset Sale, the Available Asset Sale Proceeds exceed $25 million, Lamar Media shall apply an amount equal to such Available Asset Sale Proceeds to an offer to repurchase the notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (an “Excess Proceeds Offer”); provided, however, that Lamar Media may, at the time that it makes any such Excess Proceeds Offer, also offer to purchase, at a price in cash equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date, any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment with the notes (a “Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer”) and to the extent Lamar Media so elects to make a Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer, notes and such pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased pursuant to such Excess Proceeds Offer and Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer, respectively, on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate principal amount of such notes and pari passu Indebtedness then outstanding. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of notes tendered pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer is less than the Available Asset Sale Proceeds, Lamar Media may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the indenture. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to a Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer is less than such pari passu Indebtedness’s pro rata share of such Available Asset Sale Proceeds, Lamar Media shall use such remaining Available Asset Sale Proceeds to purchase any notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to such Excess Proceeds Offer. If the aggregate principal amount of notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by holders thereof exceeds the Available Asset Sale Proceeds or to the extent Lamar Media elects to make a Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer, exceeds the notes’ pro rata share of such Available Asset Sale Proceeds, then notes to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of such Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Available Asset Sale Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

 

97

Table of Contents

If Lamar Media is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, Lamar Media shall mail, within 30 days following the Reinvestment Date, a notice to the holders stating, among other things:

(1) that such Holders have the right to require Lamar Media to apply the Available Asset Sale Proceeds to repurchase such notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase;

(2) the repurchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;

(3) the instructions, determined by Lamar Media, that each Holder must follow in order to have such notes repurchased; and

(4) the calculations used in determining the amount of Available Asset Sale Proceeds to be applied to the repurchase of such notes.

Payments for Consent

Neither Lamar Media nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder of any notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the indenture or the notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all holders of the notes which so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Reports to Holders

The indenture will provide that, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), so long as any notes are outstanding, Lamar Media will furnish the holders of notes:

(a) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Lamar Media were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of Lamar Media and its consolidated Subsidiaries and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by Lamar Media’s certified independent accountants; and

(b) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if Lamar Media were required to file such reports, in each case within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations.

In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, Lamar Media will file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, Lamar Media has agreed that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, Lamar Media shall be obligated to make an offer to purchase (a “Change of Control Offer”), and shall purchase, on a business day (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”) not more than 60 nor less than 30 days following the occurrence of the Change of Control, all of the then outstanding

 

98

Table of Contents

notes at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Change of Control Purchase Date. Lamar Media shall be required to purchase all notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer and not withdrawn. The Change of Control Offer is required to remain open for at least 20 business days and until the close of business on the Change of Control Purchase Date. In order to effect such Change of Control Offer, Lamar Media shall, not later than the 30th day after the occurrence of the Change of Control, mail to each holder of notes notice of the Change of Control offer, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer and shall state, among other things, the procedures that holders of notes must follow to accept the Change of Control Offer.

The occurrence of the events constituting a Change of Control under the indenture will result in an event of default under the Senior Credit Facility and, thereafter, the lenders will have the right to require repayment of the borrowings thereunder in full. Lamar Media’s obligations under the Senior Credit Facility will constitute Designated Senior Indebtedness and will represent obligations senior in right of payment to the notes. Consequently, the subordination provisions of the indenture will have the effect of precluding the purchase of the notes by Lamar Media in the event of a Change of Control, absent consent of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facility or repayment of all amounts outstanding thereunder (although the failure by Lamar Media to comply with its obligations in the event of a Change of Control will constitute a default under the notes). There can be no assurance that Lamar Media will have adequate resources to repay or refinance all Indebtedness owing under the Senior Credit Facility or to fund the purchase of any notes upon a Change of Control.

In the event that a Change of Control occurs and the holders of notes exercise their right to require Lamar Media to purchase notes, if such purchase constitutes a “tender offer” for purposes of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act at that time, Lamar Media will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 as then in effect with respect to such repurchase.

Limitation on Merger, Consolidation or Sale Of Assets

Lamar Media will not, directly or indirectly, in any transaction or series of transactions, merge or consolidate with or into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets (as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in one transaction or a series of related transactions), to any person or persons, unless at the time of and after giving effect thereto:

(a) either (i) if the transaction or series of transactions is a merger or consolidation, Lamar Media shall be the surviving person of such merger or consolidation, or (ii) the person formed by such consolidation or into which Lamar Media is merged or to which the properties and assets of Lamar Media, are transferred (any such surviving person or transferee person being the “Surviving Entity”) shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the trustee, all the obligations of Lamar Media under the notes and the indenture, and, in each case, the indenture shall remain in full force and effect; and

(b) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and Lamar Media or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), (a) could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Material covenants—Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” above (assuming a market rate of interest with respect to such additional Indebtedness) or (b) would have a Leverage Ratio that is no greater than the Leverage Ratio of Lamar Media immediately prior to such transaction.

 

99

Table of Contents

In connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer of assets contemplated by this provision, Lamar Media shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture in respect thereto comply with this provision and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or transactions have been complied with.

Events of Default

The following events are “Events of Default”:

(a) default in payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes;

(b) default for 30 days in payment of any interest on the notes;

(c) default by Lamar Media or any Guarantor in the observance or performance of any other covenant in the notes or the indenture for 45 days after written notice from the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding;

(d) default or defaults under one or more agreements, instruments, mortgages, bonds, debentures or other evidences of Indebtedness under which Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary of Lamar Media then has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $20 million, individually or in the aggregate, and either (a) such Indebtedness is already due and payable in full or (b) such default or defaults have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness;

(e) any final judgment or judgments which can no longer be appealed for the payment of money in excess of $20 million (not covered by insurance) shall be rendered against Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary and shall not be discharged for any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect; and

(f) certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the notes of any default (except in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the notes) if the trustee considers it to be in the best interest of the holders of the notes to do so.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization) shall have occurred and be continuing, then the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding may declare to be immediately due and payable the entire principal amount of all the notes then outstanding plus accrued interest to the date of acceleration, and such amounts shall become immediately due and payable; provided, however, that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration is obtained by the trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of accelerated principal, premium or interest, have been cured or waived as provided in the indenture; provided further, however, that so long as the Senior Credit Facility shall be in full force and effect, if any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (other than as specified in clause (f) of the second immediately preceding paragraph), the notes shall not become due and payable until the earlier to occur of (x) five business days following the delivery of a written notice of such acceleration of the notes to the agent under the Senior Credit Facility and (y) the acceleration of any Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility. In case an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur, the principal, premium and interest amount with respect to all of the notes shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or the holders of the notes.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding shall have the right to waive any existing default or compliance with any provision of the indenture or the notes and to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain limitations

 

100

Table of Contents

specified in the indenture. No holder of any note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such holder shall have previously given to the trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, unless the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes shall have made written request and provided reasonable indemnity to the trustee to institute such proceeding as a trustee, unless the trustee shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days and unless the trustee shall not have received from the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes a direction inconsistent with such request. However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted for payment on such note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such note.

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

Lamar Media may elect either:

(a) to defease and be discharged from any and all obligations with respect to the notes (except for the obligations to register the transfer or exchange of such notes, to replace temporary or mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes, to maintain an office or agency in respect of the notes and to hold monies for payment in trust) (“defeasance”); or

(b) to be released from its obligations with respect to the notes under certain covenants contained in the indenture, some of which are described above under “—Material covenants” (“covenant defeasance”),

upon the deposit with the trustee (or other qualifying trustee), in trust for such purpose, of money and/or U.S. Government Obligations which through the payment of principal and interest in accordance with their terms will provide money, in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes, on the scheduled due dates therefor or on a selected date of redemption in accordance with the terms of the indenture. Such a trust may only be established if, among other things, Lamar Media has delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel (as specified in the indenture) (i) to the effect that neither the trust nor the trustee will be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (ii) to the effect that holders of the notes or persons in their positions will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred, which opinion, in the case of legal defeasance, shall be based on either a private ruling concerning the notes or a published ruling of the Internal Revenue Service.

Modification of Indenture

From time to time, Lamar Media, the Guarantors and the trustee may, without the consent of holders of the notes, amend the indenture or the notes or supplement the indenture for certain specified purposes, including, but not limited to, providing for uncertificated notes in addition to certificated notes, and curing any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, or making any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder. Lamar Media, the Guarantors and the trustee, with the consent of holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes, may amend the indenture or the notes, except that no such modification shall, without the consent of each holder affected thereby:

(i) reduce the amount of notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement, or waiver to the indenture or the notes;

(ii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any note;

(iii) reduce the principal of or premium on or change the stated maturity of any note;

(iv) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the note;

(v) change the amount or time of any payment required by the notes or reduce the premium payable upon any redemption of notes, or change the time before which no such redemption may be made;

 

101

Table of Contents

(vi) waive a default in the payment of the principal of, interest on, or redemption payment with respect to, any note;

(vii) make any change in the provisions of the indenture (a) protecting the right of each holder of a note to receive payment of principal of, premium on and interest on such note on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, (b) permitting holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes to waive any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the indenture or the notes, or (c) changing this clause;

(viii) amend, alter, change or modify the obligation of Lamar Media to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Excess Proceeds Offer after such obligation has arisen or waive any Default in the performance of any such offers or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect to any such offers; or

(ix) take any other action otherwise prohibited by the indenture to be taken without the consent of each holder affected thereby.

Compliance Certificate

Lamar Media will deliver to the trustee on or before 90 days after the end of Lamar Media’s fiscal year and on or before 45 days after the end of each of the first, second and third fiscal quarters in each year an Officers’ Certificate stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that has occurred. If they do, the certificate will describe the Default or Event of Default and its status. Lamar Media will also deliver to the trustee an Officers’ Certificate within five business days of becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default that has occurred.

The Trustee

The trustee under the indenture will be the Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the notes. Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in the indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it under the indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

Governing Law

The notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the covenants contained in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for the full definition of all such terms as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person (including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.

“Adjusted Net Assets” of a Guarantor at any date means the lesser of (x) the amount by which the fair value of the property of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee of such Guarantor at such date and (y) the amount by which the present fair salable value of the assets of such Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities and after giving effect to any collection from any Subsidiary of such Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such Subsidiary under the Guarantee), excluding Indebtedness in respect of the Guarantee, as they become absolute and matured.

 

102

Table of Contents

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“Asset Acquisition” means:

(i) an Investment by Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or merged with Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(ii) the acquisition by Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets of any Person.

“Asset Sale” means the sale, transfer or other disposition (other than to Lamar Media or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single transaction or series of related transactions having a fair market value in excess of $15 million of:

(a) any Capital Stock of or other equity interest in any Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) all or substantially all of the assets of any business owned by Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary or a division, line of business or comparable business segment of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; or

(c) any other assets or property of Lamar Media or of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether real or personal property).

For purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include any sale, transfer or other disposition

(i) that is governed by and made in accordance with the provisions described under “—Material covenants—Limitation on Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets,”

(ii) to Lamar Media or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, or

(iii) involving obsolete, worn-out, excess or redundant equipment.

“Asset Sale Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale:

(i) cash received by Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Asset Sale (including cash received as consideration for the assumption of liabilities incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), after (a) provision for all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from such Asset Sale, (b) payment of all brokerage commissions, underwriting and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), and (c) deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by Lamar Media or such Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets sold or disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by Lamar Media or such Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with the assets sold or disposed of in such Asset Sale; and

(ii) promissory notes and other noncash consideration received by Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Asset Sale or other disposition upon the liquidation or conversion of such notes or noncash consideration into cash.

“Available Asset Sale Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the aggregate Asset Sale Proceeds from such Asset Sale that have not been applied in accordance with clauses (iii)(a) or (iii)(b), and which have not been the basis for an Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with clause (iii)(c), in each case, of the first paragraph of “—Material covenants—Limitation on Certain Asset Sales.”

 

103

Table of Contents

“Average Life to Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, as at any date of determination, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years (or any fraction thereof) from such date to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including, without limitation, any sinking fund requirements) of such Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, partnership interests or any other participation, right or other interest in the nature of an equity interest in such Person or any option, warrant or other security convertible into any of the foregoing.

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means Indebtedness represented by obligations under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), excluding Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the happening of an event or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power with respect to the total Voting Stock of Lamar Advertising; provided, however, that the Permitted Holders (i) “beneficially own” (as so defined) a lower percentage of such total voting power with respect to the Voting Stock than such other “person” or “group” and (ii) do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the board of directors of Lamar Advertising;

(b) Lamar Media or Lamar Advertising consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, Lamar Media or Lamar Advertising, as the case may be, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of Lamar Media or Lamar Advertising, as the case may be, is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (i) the outstanding Voting Stock of Lamar Media or Lamar Advertising, as the case may be, is converted into or exchanged for (1) Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the surviving or transferee corporation or (2) cash, securities and other property in an amount which could then be paid by Lamar Media or Lamar Advertising, as the case may be, as a Restricted Payment under the indenture, or a combination thereof, and (ii) immediately after such transaction no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), excluding Permitted Holders, is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the happening of an event or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power with respect to the total Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee corporation;

(c) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of Lamar Advertising (together with any new directors whose election by such board of directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of Lamar Advertising was approved by a vote of at least 66 2/3% of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of Lamar Advertising then in office;

(d) Lamar Media is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation; or

(e) at any time, Lamar Media ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Lamar Advertising.

 

104

Table of Contents

“Common Stock” of any Person means all Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled to (i) vote in the election of directors of such Person or (ii) if such Person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management and policies of such Person.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of interest which, in conformity with GAAP, would be set forth opposite the caption “interest expense” or any like caption on an income statement for Lamar Media and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (including, but not limited to, imputed interest included in Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the net costs associated with hedging obligations, the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, amortization of discount or premium, if any, and all other noncash interest expense (other than interest amortized to cost of sales) but excluding interest in respect of Mirror Loan Indebtedness) plus, without duplication, all net capitalized interest for such period and all interest incurred or paid under any guarantee of Indebtedness (including a guarantee of principal, interest or any combination thereof) of any Person, plus an amount equal to the product of (a) the aggregate dividends paid on Disqualified Capital Stock during such period and (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus Lamar Media’s then effective combined tax rate, to the extent paid; provided, however, that “Consolidated Interest Expense” shall exclude the amortization of deferred financing fees and exclude any and all interest accrued or paid or payable with respect thereto.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of Lamar Media and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that:

(a) the Net Income of any Person (the “other Person”) in which Lamar Media or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has less than a 100% interest (which interest does not cause the net income of such other Person to be consolidated into the net income of Lamar Media in accordance with GAAP) shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to Lamar Media or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) that is subject to any restriction or limitation (assuming no waiver or satisfaction thereof shall have occurred) on the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions (other than pursuant to the notes or the indenture or under the Senior Credit Facility) shall be excluded to the extent of such restriction or limitation, except that, to the extent that any such restriction or limitation results solely from covenant limitations under any SBA Indebtedness, there shall not be deducted that portion of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Net Income which exceeds the outstanding aggregate principal amount of such SBA Indebtedness;

(c) any net gain (but not loss) resulting from an Asset Sale by Lamar Media or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded; and

(d) extraordinary gains and losses shall be excluded.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the book value of the assets of Lamar Media and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than patents, patent rights, trademarks, trade names, franchises, copyrights, licenses, permits, goodwill and other intangible assets classified as such in accordance with GAAP) after all applicable deductions in accordance with GAAP (including, without limitation, reserves for doubtful receivables, obsolescence, depreciation and amortization) less all liabilities (excluding liabilities in respect of Mirror Loan Indebtedness) of Lamar Media and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Cumulative Consolidated Interest Expense” means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Interest Expense of Lamar Media from the Existing Notes Issue Date to the end of Lamar Media’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter prior to such date, taken as a single accounting period.

 

105

Table of Contents

“Cumulative EBITDA” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA of Lamar Media from the Existing Notes Issue Date to the end of Lamar Media’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter prior to such date, taken as a single accounting period.

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passing of time or giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Senior Indebtedness,” as to Lamar Media or any Guarantor, as the case may be, means any Senior Indebtedness (a) under or in respect of the Senior Credit Facility, or (b) which at the time of determination exceeds $10 million in aggregate principal amount (or accreted value in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) outstanding or available under a committed facility, and (i) which is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” and (ii) as to which the trustee has been given written notice of such designation.

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the maturity date of the notes, for cash or securities constituting Indebtedness.

“EBITDA” means, for any Person, for any period, an amount determined in accordance with GAAP equal to:

(a) the sum of, without duplication, (i) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (ii) the provision for taxes for such period based on income or profits to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income and any provision for taxes utilized in computing net loss under clause (i) hereof, plus (iii) to the extent it reduces Consolidated Net Income during such period, Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, plus (iv) depreciation for such period on a consolidated basis, plus (v) amortization of intangibles for such period on a consolidated basis, plus (vi) any other noncash items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (vii) any reasonable fees and expenses in connection with any actual or proposed acquisition, Investment or financing to the extent such fees reduced Consolidated Net Income during such period (including as a result of the application of FASB 141R); minus

(b) all noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

“Equity Offerings” means an offering by Lamar Advertising or Lamar Media of shares of its Capital Stock (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting but excluding Disqualified Capital Stock) and any and all rights, warrants or options to acquire such common stock pursuant to a registration statement registered pursuant to the Securities Act, in the case of such offerings by Lamar Advertising the proceeds of which are contributed to Lamar Media as common equity, other than (i) public offerings with respect to Capital Stock of Lamar Advertising registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or (ii) an issuance to any Subsidiary of Lamar Advertising or Lamar Media.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Existing Notes Issue Date” means December 23, 2002.

“Final Maturity Date” means the date fixed in the indenture for the final payment of principal on the notes.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied as in effect in the United States from time to time.

“Guarantee” means each guarantee of the notes by each Guarantor.

 

106

Table of Contents

“Guaranteed Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Investments.”

“Guarantor” means each domestic Subsidiary of Lamar Media in existence on the Issue Date (other than Missouri Logos, a Partnership) and each Subsidiary which thereafter guarantees payment of the notes pursuant to the covenant described under “Limitation on Guarantees of Material Indebtedness.”

“incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any Person, to directly or indirectly create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to (including as a result of an Asset Acquisition), or otherwise become responsible for, contingently or otherwise, any Indebtedness or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “incurrence,” “incurred,” “incurrable,” and “incurring” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Indebtedness shall not be deemed an incurrence of such Indebtedness.

“Indebtedness” means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, any indebtedness at any time outstanding, secured or unsecured, contingent or otherwise, which is for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof), or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (excluding any balances that constitute accounts payable or trade payables, and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business) if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included:

(i) any Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(ii) obligations secured by a lien to which the property or assets owned or held by such Person is subject, whether or not the obligation or obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed (the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or asset or the amount of the obligations so secured);

(iii) guarantees of obligations of other Persons which would be included within this definition for such other Persons (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the guarantor);

(iv) all obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any banker’s acceptance or for reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit with respect to drawings made thereunder and not yet reimbursed;

(v) in the case of Lamar Media, Disqualified Capital Stock of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(vi) obligations of any such Person under any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to any of the foregoing (if and to the extent such Interest Rate Agreement obligations would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP); and

(vii) the outstanding amount of any Guaranteed Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations;

provided, however, that obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and in respect of reimbursement obligations for undrawn letters of credit (whether or not secured by a lien) supporting insurance arrangements and performance and surety bonds, each incurred in the ordinary course of business and not as a part of a financing transaction, for the benefit of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary, shall not be considered Indebtedness for purposes of the indenture.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above, provided, however, (i) that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes.

 

107

Table of Contents

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect the party indicated therein against fluctuations in interest rates.

“Investments” means:

(i) directly or indirectly, any advance (other than a deposit of funds in connection with an acquisition, provided that either such acquisition is consummated by or through a Restricted Subsidiary or such deposit is returned to the Person that made it), account receivable (other than an account receivable arising in the ordinary course of business), loan or capital contribution to (by means of transfers of property to others, payments for property or services for the account or use of others or otherwise), the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or joint venture interests or other securities of, or the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person; and

(ii) any Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligation to the extent it is guaranteed by Lamar Media or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise is recourse to or obligates Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof (“Guaranteed Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations”).

Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.

“Issue Date” means the date the notes are first issued by Lamar Media and authenticated by the trustee under the indenture.

“Junior Security” means any securities of Lamar Media or any other Person that are (i) equity securities without special covenants or (ii) subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media or any Guarantor, as the case may be, to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the notes are subordinated as provided in the indenture, in any event issued pursuant to a court order so providing and as to which:

(a) the rate of interest on such securities shall not exceed the effective rate of interest on the notes on the date of the indenture;

(b) such securities shall not be entitled to the benefits of covenants or defaults materially more beneficial to the holders of such securities than those in effect with respect to the notes on the date of the indenture; and

(c) such securities shall not provide for amortization (including sinking fund and mandatory prepayment provisions) commencing prior to the date six months following the final scheduled maturity date of the Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media or such Guarantor, as the case may be (as modified by the plan of reorganization or readjustment pursuant to which such securities are issued).

“Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of (i) the sum of the aggregate outstanding amount of (x) Indebtedness of Lamar Media and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Mirror Loan Indebtedness) and (y) except to the extent included in the previous clause (x), the aggregate liquidation preference of any Preferred Stock of Lamar Media’s Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP to (ii) Lamar Media’s EBITDA for the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the date of determination for which financial statements are available. For purposes of this definition, Lamar Media’s “EBITDA” shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of Lamar Media or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise becoming liable for Indebtedness and the application of Asset Sale Proceeds) at any time on or subsequent to the first day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the date of determination, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition

 

108

Table of Contents

(including any EBITDA associated with such Asset Acquisition and including any pro forma expense and cost reductions determined in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X relating to such Asset Acquisition) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period.

“Lien” means, with respect to any property or assets of any Person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement, encumbrance, preference, priority, or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including, without limitation, any Capitalized Lease Obligation, conditional sales, or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

“Make Whole Amount” means, as determined by Lamar Media, with respect to any note at any redemption date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such note and (ii) the excess, if any, of (A) an amount equal to the present value of (1) the principal amount of such note at February 1, 2017 plus (2) the remaining scheduled interest payments on the notes to be redeemed (subject to the right of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) to February 1, 2017 (other than interest accrued to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed.

“Mirror Loan Indebtedness” means unsecured Indebtedness of Lamar Media to Lamar Advertising in respect of the Subordinated Note dated September 30, 2005 as such Subordinated Note may be refinanced, replaced or amended and restated.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Net Proceeds” means:

(a) in the case of any sale of Capital Stock of or Indebtedness by Lamar Advertising or Lamar Media, the aggregate net cash proceeds received by Lamar Media, after payment of expenses, commissions and the like incurred in connection therewith; and

(b) in the case of any exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender of outstanding securities of any kind for or into shares of Capital Stock of Lamar Media which is not Disqualified Capital Stock, the net book value of such outstanding securities on the date of such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender (plus any additional amount required to be paid by the holder to Lamar Media upon such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender, less any and all payments made to the holders, e.g., on account of fractional shares and less all expenses incurred by Lamar Media in connection therewith).

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or any Treasurer of such Person that shall comply with applicable provisions of the indenture.

“Permitted Business” means any business in which Lamar Media or its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of the indenture and any other business related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto, and any unrelated business to the extent that it is not material in size as compared with Lamar Media and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ business as a whole.

“Permitted Dividend Encumbrances” means encumbrances or restrictions:

(a) existing on the Issue Date;

(b) arising by reason of Acquired Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary existing at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such encumbrances or restrictions were not created in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and are not applicable to Lamar Media or any of the other Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

109

Table of Contents

(c) arising under Indebtedness incurred under the Senior Credit Facility;

(d) arising under Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such restrictions are no less favorable to the holders of notes than those under the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(e) customary provisions restricting the assignment of any contract or interest of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) existing under an agreement relating to SBA Indebtedness;

(g) existing under an agreement relating to any Permitted Lien referred to in clause (iv) of the definition of Permitted Liens; provided, however, that such encumbrance or restriction only relates to the assets or property subject to such Permitted Lien;

(h) imposed by applicable law;

(i) imposed pursuant to a binding agreement which has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or of any assets of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, such encumbrances and restrictions apply solely to such Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary which are the subject of such binding agreement;

(j) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed pursuant to customer contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(k) arising under Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clause (b), (c), (d) or (f) above) permitted to be incurred pursuant to the indenture; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are no more restrictive than the terms and conditions of any encumbrances or restrictions arising under the notes; and

(l) imposed with respect to the distribution or disposition of assets or property in joint venture agreements or other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

“Permitted Holders” means (x) any of Charles Switzer, Charles W. Lamar, III, Kevin P. Reilly, Sr., members of their immediate families or any lineal descendant of any of the foregoing and the immediate families of any such lineal descendant, (y) any trust or partnership, to the extent it is for the benefit of any of the foregoing or (z) any Person or group of Persons controlled by any of the foregoing.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

(i) Indebtedness of Lamar Media and Restricted Subsidiaries which are Guarantors pursuant to the Senior Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1.5 billion, less the aggregate amount of all permanent repayments thereunder made in accordance with “Limitation on Certain Asset Sales,” and guarantees of such Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

(ii) Indebtedness under the notes, the Guarantees and the Exchange Notes;

(iii) Indebtedness not covered by any other clause of this definition which is outstanding on the date of the indenture;

(iv) Indebtedness of Lamar Media to any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to Lamar Media or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(v) Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary to acquire or lease property in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that (a) the aggregate amount of such Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capital Lease Obligations outstanding at any time shall not exceed the greater of (x) 5% of Lamar Media’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of the incurrence of any such Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease Obligations or (y) $50 million, and (b) in each case, such Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease Obligation, as the case may be, would not constitute more than 100% of the cost (determined in accordance with GAAP) of the property so purchased or leased plus reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

 

110

Table of Contents

(vi) Interest Rate Agreements and any guarantees thereof;

(vii) Refinancing Indebtedness; and

(viii) additional Indebtedness of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor not to exceed $75 million in principal amount outstanding at any time.

“Permitted Investments” means, for any Person, Investments made on or after the date of the indenture consisting of:

(a) Investments by Lamar Media or by a Restricted Subsidiary in Lamar Media or a Restricted Subsidiary which is a Guarantor;

(b) Temporary Cash Investments;

(c) Investments by Lamar Media or by a Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (i) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary which is a Guarantor or (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Lamar Media or a Restricted Subsidiary which is a Guarantor;

(d) an Investment that is made by Lamar Media or a Restricted Subsidiary in the form of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or joint venture interests or other securities that are issued by a third party to Lamar Media or such Restricted Subsidiary solely as partial consideration for the consummation of an Asset Sale that is otherwise permitted under the covenant described under “Limitation on Certain Asset Sales”; and

(e) Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures in an amount not to exceed $10 million.

“Permitted Joint Ventures” means a corporation, partnership or other entity (other than a Subsidiary) engaged in one or more Permitted Businesses in respect of which Lamar Media or a Restricted Subsidiary (a) beneficially owns at least 5% of the shares of Capital Stock of such entity and (b) either is a party to an agreement empowering one or more parties to such agreement (which may or may not be Lamar Media or a Subsidiary), or is a member of a group that, pursuant to the constituent documents of the applicable corporation, partnership or other entity, has the power, to direct the policies, management and affairs of such entity.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(i) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(ii) Liens on property or assets of, or any shares of stock of, or interests in, or secured debt of, any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such Person is merged into Lamar Media or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or merging into Lamar Media or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iii) Liens in favor of Lamar Media or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iv) Liens to secure Purchase Money indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under the indenture; provided, however, that any such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing such Purchase Money Indebtedness and does not extend to or cover any property other than such item of property and any improvements on such item;

(v) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(vi) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness of Lamar Media and the Guarantors;

(vii) Permitted Dividend Encumbrances;

(viii) Liens on property of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that it is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or contemplation of, such designation;

 

111

Table of Contents

(ix) extensions, renewals or refundings of any Liens referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (viii) above; provided that any such extension, renewal or refunding does not extend to any assets or secure any Indebtedness not securing or secured by the Liens being extended, renewed or refinanced; and

(x) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1 million outstanding at any time.

“Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

“Person” or “person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government (including any agency or political subdivision thereof).

“Preferred Stock” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to dividends, distributions or liquidation proceeds of such Person over the holders of other Capital Stock issued by such Person.

“Property” of any Person means all types of real, personal, tangible, intangible or mixed property owned by such Person whether or not included in the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of Lamar Media) under GAAP.

“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by a Person to finance the cost (including the cost of construction or improvement and in the case of any Capitalized Lease Obligation, the lease) of any real or personal property, the principal amount of which indebtedness does not exceed the sum of (i) 100% of such cost and (ii) reasonable fees and expenses of such Person incurred in connection therewith.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that refunds, refinances or extends any Indebtedness of Lamar Media or the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date or other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Lamar Media or the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the indenture (other than pursuant to clauses (i), (iv), (v) and (vi) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness), but only to the extent that:

(i) the Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes to at least the same extent, if at all, as the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended;

(ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness is scheduled to mature either (a) no earlier than the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, or (b) after the maturity date of the notes;

(iii) the portion of the Refinancing Indebtedness that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the notes has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of the portion of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the notes;

(iv) such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount that is equal to or less than the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, (b) the amount of any premium required to be paid in connection with such refunding, refinancing or extension pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness or the amount of any premium reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of Lamar Media as necessary to accomplish such refunding, refinancing or extension by means of a tender offer or privately negotiated purchase and (c) the amount of customary fees, expenses and costs related to the incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness; and

(v) such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred by the same Person that initially incurred the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, except that Lamar Media may incur Refinancing Indebtedness to refund, refinance or extend Indebtedness of any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary.

 

112

Table of Contents

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement among Lamar Media, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers relating to the notes.

“Restricted Payment” means any of the following:

(i) the declaration or payment of any dividend or any other distribution or payment on Capital Stock of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary or any payment made to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Capital Stock of Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), and (y) in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries of Lamar Media, dividends or distributions payable to Lamar Media or to a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary);

(ii) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of Lamar Media or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Capital Stock owned by Lamar Media or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary);

(iii) the making of (a) any principal payment on, or the purchase, defeasance, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, of any Indebtedness which is subordinated or pari passu in right of payment to the notes that is outstanding on the Issue Date or any Refinancing Indebtedness that refinances such Indebtedness and (b) any interest payment on the Mirror Loan Indebtedness (at any time including at final maturity) except as permitted by clause (vi) of the second paragraph under “Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(iv) the making of any Investment or guarantee of any Investment in any Person other than a Permitted Investment;

(v) any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent set forth in the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(vi) forgiveness of any Indebtedness of an Affiliate of Lamar Media (other than a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary) to Lamar Media or a Restricted Subsidiary.

For purposes of determining the amount expended for Restricted Payments, cash distributed or invested shall be valued at the face amount thereof and property other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of Lamar Media other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary and includes all of the Subsidiaries of Lamar Media existing as of the Issue Date (other than Missouri Logos, a Partnership). The board of directors of Lamar Media may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary of Lamar Media as a Restricted Subsidiary if immediately after giving effect to such action (and treating any Acquired Indebtedness as having been incurred at the time of such action), Lamar Media could have incurred at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the “Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

“SBA Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the United States Small Business Administration Disaster Relief Loan program or any similar loan program; provided, however, that such Indebtedness shall at all times be prepayable without penalty at the option of the obligor.

“Senior Credit Facility” means the Credit Agreement dated as of April 28, 2010, as amended to date, among Lamar Media, Lamar Advertising of Puerto Rico, Inc., the guarantor parties thereto, the several lenders from

 

113

Table of Contents

time to time parties thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and the other agents party thereto, and one or more other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, credit facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, together with the documents related thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing, consolidating or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder pursuant to incremental facilities or otherwise or adding Subsidiaries of Lamar Media as additional guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under any such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders and whether or not increasing the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred thereunder.

“Senior Indebtedness” means the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including, without limitation, interest accruing or that would have accrued but for the filing of a bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding whether or not such interest constitutes an allowable claim in such proceeding) on, and any and all other fees, charges, expense reimbursement obligations and other amounts due pursuant to the terms of all agreements, documents and instruments providing for, creating, securing or evidencing or otherwise entered into in connection with:

(a) all obligations owed to lenders under the Senior Credit Facility;

(b) all obligations with respect to any Interest Rate Agreement;

(c) all obligations to reimburse any bank or other person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(d) all other current or future Indebtedness which does not provide that it is to rank pari passu with or subordinate to the notes and the Guarantees; and

(e) all deferrals, renewals, extensions and refundings of, and amendments, modifications and supplements to, any of the Senior Indebtedness described above.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Indebtedness will not include:

(i) Indebtedness of Lamar Media to any of its Subsidiaries or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of Lamar Media to Lamar Media or any other Subsidiary of Lamar Media;

(ii) Indebtedness represented by the notes and the Guarantees;

(iii) any Indebtedness which by the express terms of the agreement or instrument creating, evidencing or governing the same is junior or subordinate in right of payment to any item of Senior Indebtedness;

(iv) to the extent it constitutes Indebtedness, any trade payable arising from the purchase of goods or materials or for services obtained in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Capital Stock; or

(vi) that portion of any Indebtedness which is incurred in violation of the indenture; provided, however, that in the case of any Indebtedness (regardless of whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred pursuant to the first or second paragraph of “Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries”), such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to have been incurred in violation of the indenture if the holder(s) of such Indebtedness or their agent or representative shall have received a representation from Lamar Media to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not violate the provisions of the indenture (but nothing in this clause (vi) shall preclude the existence of any Default or Events of Default in the event that such Indebtedness is in fact incurred in violation of the indenture).

“Stated Maturity” means, when used with respect to any note or any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such note as the fixed date on which the principal of such note or such installment of interest is due

 

114

Table of Contents

and payable, and when used with respect to any other Indebtedness, means the date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness, or any installment of interest thereon, is due and payable.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

“Temporary Cash Investments” or “cash equivalents” means:

(i) United States dollars;

(ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

(iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and a Thomson BankWatch Rating of “B” or better;

(iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than ten days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above;

(v) commercial paper or marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

(vi) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute cash equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (v) of this definition.

“Treasury Rate” means, at the time of computation, the yield to maturity of United States Treasury Securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2017; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2017 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury Security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury Securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury Securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. The Treasury Rate shall be obtained by Lamar Media.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (b) any Subsidiary of Lamar Media which is classified after the Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by a resolution adopted by the board of directors of Lamar Media, but only so long as:

 

115

Table of Contents

(i) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of such Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and in respect of reimbursement obligations for undrawn letters of credit supporting insurance arrangements and performance and surety bonds, each incurred in the ordinary course of business and not as part of a financing transaction (collectively, “Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations”)) (A) is guaranteed by Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (B) is recourse to or obligates Lamar Media or any Restricted Subsidiary of Lamar Media, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to satisfaction thereof;

(ii) such Unrestricted Subsidiary has no Indebtedness or any other obligation (other than Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations) that, if in default in any respect (including a payment default), would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of Lamar Media or its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and

(iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the fair market value of such Subsidiary (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of Lamar Media) and any such designation shall be permitted only if it complies with the provisions of “Limitation on Restricted Payments.” The trustee shall be given prompt notice by Lamar Media of each resolution adopted by the board of directors of Lamar Media under this provision, together with a copy of each such resolution adopted.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct non-callable obligations of, or non-callable obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligation or guarantee the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class or classes of Capital Stock in such Person entitling the holders thereof to vote under ordinary circumstances in the election of members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of such Person.

“Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary, all of the outstanding Voting Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by Lamar Media.

 

116

Table of Contents

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

We and our subsidiary guarantors entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers on February 9, 2012 in connection with the closing of the private offering of the outstanding notes. In that agreement, we agreed for the benefit of the holders of the outstanding notes that we will use our reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission and cause to become effective a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the notes for an issue of Commission-registered notes with terms identical to the notes (except that the exchange notes are not subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate as described below).

If applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission do not permit us to effect the exchange offer, we are required to use our reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective a shelf registration statement relating to resales of the notes and to keep that shelf registration statement effective until the expiration of the time period referred to in Rule 144(d)(1)(ii) under the Securities Act, or such shorter period that will terminate when all notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold. We will, in the event of such a shelf registration, provide to each outstanding noteholder copies of the prospectus that is a part of the shelf registration statement, notify each noteholder when the shelf registration statement has become effective and take certain other actions to permit resales of the notes. A noteholder that sells notes under the shelf registration statement generally will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with those sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a noteholder (including certain indemnification obligations).

If this exchange offer is not completed (or, if required, the shelf registration statement is not declared effective) on or before November 5, 2012 (the “Target Registration Date”), the annual interest rate borne by the notes will be increased (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Target Registration Date and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until the earlier of the second anniversary of the issue date of the notes and the date that the exchange offer is completed or, if required, the shelf registration statement is declared effective up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest.

If we effect the exchange offer, we will be entitled to close the exchange offer not earlier than 20 business days after its commencement, provided that we have accepted all notes validly surrendered in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer. Notes not tendered in the exchange offer shall bear interest at the rate set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and be subject to all the terms and conditions specified in the indenture, including transfer restrictions.

The preceding is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the registration rights agreement. A copy of the registration rights agreement is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

117

Table of Contents

BOOK-ENTRY SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE

The Global Notes

The exchange notes will be issued in the form of one or more registered notes in global form, without interest coupons, which are called the global notes.

Upon issuance, each of the global notes will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC, which are called DTC participants, or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

 

  •  

upon deposit of each global note with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the global note to the accounts of the DTC participants designated by the initial purchasers; and

 

  •  

ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the global note).

Beneficial interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Notes

All interests in the global notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of each settlement system are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. We are not responsible for those operations or procedures.

DTC has advised us that it is:

 

  •  

a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

 

  •  

a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

 

  •  

a member of the Federal Reserve System;

 

  •  

a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

 

  •  

a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a global note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note:

 

  •  

will not be entitled to have notes represented by the global note registered in their names;

 

118

Table of Contents
  •  

will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated notes; and

 

  •  

will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the Trustee under the indenture.

As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the notes represented by a global note will be made by the Trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the global note. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds.

DTC has agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in its settlement systems. However, DTC is not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Notes

Notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related notes only if:

 

  •  

DTC is at any time unwilling, unable or ineligible to continue as depositary for the global notes or ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days of the date we are so informed in writing or become aware of same; or

 

  •  

an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

119

Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income tax consequences of the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes and of the ownership and disposition of the exchange notes. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed regulations, all of which are subject to change. Any such change could be applied retroactively in a way that could cause the tax consequences to differ from the consequences described below, possibly with adverse effect. This summary applies only to persons who hold the outstanding notes and the exchange notes as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (that is, for investment purposes) and does not address the tax consequences to subsequent purchasers of the notes. This summary does not discuss all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to holders in light of their special circumstances or to holders subject to special tax rules (such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, persons who hold the notes through a partnership or other passthrough entity, persons subject to alternative minimum tax, persons holding the notes as a part of a hedge, straddle, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction, U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar or persons who have ceased to be U.S. citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens). This summary also does not discuss any tax consequences arising under the United States federal estate and gift tax laws or the law of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS AND THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION.

As used this summary, the term “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a note that is for United States federal income tax purposes (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or if a valid election is in place to treat the trust as a United States person.

As used in this summary, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a note (other than a partnership) that is not a U.S. holder.

If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of a note, the tax treatment of a partner in that partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Holders of notes that are partnerships and partners in those partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the United States federal income tax consequences of the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes and of the ownership and disposition of the exchange notes.

Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders

Exchange Offer

The exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes in connection with the exchange offer will not be a taxable sale or exchange for United States federal income tax purposes. Accordingly,

 

  •  

holders will not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of the exchange;

 

  •  

the adjusted tax basis of an exchange note immediately after the exchange will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the outstanding note exchanged therefor immediately before the exchange;

 

120

Table of Contents
  •  

the holding period of the exchange note will include the holding period of the outstanding note; and

 

  •  

any original issue discount, acquisition premium, market discount or bond premium applicable to the outstanding notes will carry over to the exchange notes.

Interest on the Notes

Stated interest on the notes will generally be taxable as ordinary interest income at the time the interest accrues or is received in accordance with a holder’s regular method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes.

Market Discount

If a holder acquires an exchange note (or purchased an outstanding note which such holder exchanges for an exchange note) for an amount that is less than its adjusted issue price, the difference will be treated as “market discount” (unless such difference is less than a statutorily defined de minimis amount), and the exchange note will be subject to the market discount rules. The holder of an exchange note that is subject to the market discount rules will be required to treat any full or partial principal payment or any gain recognized on the maturity, sale or other disposition of the note as ordinary income, to the extent that such gain does not exceed the accrued market discount on the note. The amount of market discount treated as having accrued will be determined either:

 

  •  

on a straight-line basis by multiplying the market discount times a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the note was held by the holder and the denominator of which is the total number of days after the date such holder acquired the note up to, and including, the note’s maturity date; or

 

  •  

if the holder so elects, on the basis of a constant rate of compound interest.

The holder of an exchange note subject to the market discount rules may elect to include market discount in income currently, through the use of either the straight-line inclusion method or the elective constant interest rate method, in lieu of recharacterizing gain upon disposition as ordinary income to the extent of accrued market discount at the time of disposition. Once made, this election will apply to all debt instruments with market discount acquired by the electing holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If an election is made to include market discount on a debt instrument in income currently, the basis of the debt instrument in the hands of the holder will be increased by the market discount thereon as it is included in income.

A holder who does not elect to include the market discount on an exchange note in income currently may be required to defer interest expense deductions for a portion of the interest paid on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry such note, until the maturity of the note, its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction or, if the holder so elects, a subsequent taxable year in which sufficient income exists with respect to the exchange note.

Amortizable Bond Premium

If a holder purchases an exchange note (or purchased an outstanding note which such holder exchanges for an exchange note) for an amount in excess of all amounts payable on the note after the purchase date, other than payments of stated interest, such holder will not be required to include in income any original issue discount with respect to the note. In addition, such holder may elect to treat the excess as amortizable bond premium. In general, a holder may elect to amortize bond premium by offsetting stated interest allocable to an accrual period with the premium allocable to that period at the time that the holder takes the interest into account under the holder’s regular method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes. Bond premium is allocable to an accrual period on a constant yield basis. Because the exchange notes are redeemable at our option (see “Description of Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption”), special rules will apply which require a holder to

 

121

Table of Contents

determine the yield and maturity of the exchange notes for purposes of calculating and amortizing bond premium by assuming that we will exercise our option to redeem the holder’s notes in a manner that maximizes the holder’s yield. If we do not exercise our option to redeem the exchange note in the manner assumed, then solely for purposes of calculating and amortizing any remaining bond premium, the holder must treat the exchange note as retired and reissued on the deemed redemption date for its adjusted acquisition price as of that date. The adjusted acquisition price of the exchange note is the holder’s initial investment in the exchange note or the outstanding note, decreased by the amount of any payments, other than qualified stated interest payments, received with respect to such note and any bond premium previously amortized by the holder.

Once made, the election to amortize bond premium on a constant yield method applies to all debt instruments (other than debt instruments the interest on which is excludable from gross income) held or subsequently acquired by the holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

Sale, Redemption, Retirement or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes

A holder of an exchange note will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of the note equal to the difference between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received (except to the extent attributable to accrued interest) and (ii) the holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. A holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note generally will equal such holder’s initial investment in the note increased by the amount of original issue discount and any accrued market discount previously included in income and decreased by the amount of any payments, other than qualified stated interest payments, received with respect to such note and any amortized bond premium. If a holder disposes of a note between interest payment dates, a portion of the amount received represents stated interest accrued to the date of disposition and must be reported as ordinary interest income, and not as proceeds from the disposition, in accordance with the holder’s regular method of accounting for federal income tax purposes as described above under “—Interest on the Notes.” Subject to the market discount rules discussed above, any gain or loss recognized by a holder on the disposition of a note generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder’s holding period is more than one year. The exchange of the notes for the exchange notes in connection with the exchange offer will not be a taxable sale or exchange for United States federal income tax purposes.

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following discussion applies only to non-U.S. holders. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to such non-U.S. holders in light of their special circumstances. For example, special rules may apply to a non-U.S. holder that is a “controlled foreign corporation” or “passive foreign investment company,” and such holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the United States federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

Exchange Offer

The exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes in connection with the exchange offer will not be a taxable sale or exchange for United States federal income tax purposes.

Interest Payments on the Notes

Subject to the discussion below concerning effectively connected income and backup withholding, the 30% United States federal withholding tax should not apply to any payment of interest (including original issue discount) on the notes provided that: (i) the holder does not own actually or constructively 10% or more of the total combined voting power of Lamar Media Corp.; (ii) the holder is not a controlled foreign corporation related to Lamar Media Corp. through actual or constructive stock ownership; (iii) the holder is not a bank whose receipt

 

122

Table of Contents

of interest on the notes is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code; and (iv) either (a) the holder provides the holder’s name and address on an IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certifies, under penalty of perjury that the holder is not a United States person, or (b) a financial institution holding the notes on the holder’s behalf certifies, under penalty of perjury, that it has received an IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) from the beneficial owner and provides a copy or, in the case of certain foreign intermediaries, satisfies other certification requirements under the applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are entities.

If a holder cannot satisfy the requirements described above, payments of interest made to the holder will be subject to the 30% United States federal withholding tax, unless the holder qualifies for a reduced rate of withholding under a tax treaty or the payments are exempt from withholding because they are effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and the holder satisfies the applicable certification and disclosure requirements. In order to claim a reduction in or exemption from the 30% withholding tax under an applicable tax treaty, a holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or a suitable substitute form). In order to claim that the interest payments are exempt from the withholding tax because they are effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, the holder must provide an IRS Form W-8ECI (or a suitable substitute form).

A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Sale, Redemption, Retirement or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes

Subject to the discussion below concerning effectively connected income and backup withholding, a holder will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note unless the holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for at least 183 days during the year of disposition of the note and other conditions are satisfied. The exchange of the notes for exchange notes in connection with the exchange offer will not be a taxable sale or exchange for United States federal income tax purposes.

Effectively Connected Income

If a holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and the holder’s investment in a note is effectively connected with such trade or business, the holder will be exempt from the 30% withholding tax on interest (provided a certification requirement, generally on IRS Form W-8ECI, is met), but will instead generally be subject to regular United States federal income tax on a net income basis on any interest and gain with respect to the notes in the same manner as if the holder were a U.S. holder unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. In addition, if the holder is a foreign corporation, the holder may be subject to a branch profits tax of 30% (or the lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty) of the holder’s earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If a holder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to United States federal income tax only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the holder in the United States.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Interest (including original issue discount) and principal on, and proceeds received from the sale of, a note generally will be reported to U.S. holders, other than certain exempt recipients, such as corporations, on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099. In addition, a backup withholding tax may apply to such payments or proceeds if the U.S. holder fails to furnish the payor with a correct taxpayer identification number or other required certification or if it has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding for failing to report interest or dividends required to be shown on the holder’s federal income tax returns.

 

123

Table of Contents

Interest (including original issue discount) paid to a non-U.S. holder generally must be reported annually to the holder and the IRS. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or other agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides. In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to interest or principal payments on the notes if such holder has provided the statement described above under “–United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders—Interest on the Notes” and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person. In addition, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to the proceeds of the sale of a note (including on redemption or retirement) made within the United States or conducted through certain United States financial intermediaries if the payor receives the statement described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in their particular situations, the availability of exemptions and the procedure for obtaining such exemptions, if available.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and amounts withheld as backup withholding will be allowed as a refund or credit against a holder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

124

Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those exchange notes. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus, as amended or supplemented from time to time, in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where the broker-dealer acquired those outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with those resales.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Broker-dealers may sell exchange notes received by them for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of those methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer or the purchasers of any exchange notes.

Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of those exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A profit on any resale of those exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any of those persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests these documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the outstanding notes, other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the outstanding notes, including any broker-dealers, against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

You should be aware that the laws and practices of certain countries require investors to pay stamp taxes and other charges in connection with purchases of securities.

The trustee and its affiliates perform various financial advisory, investment banking and commercial banking services from time to time for us and our affiliates, for which they receive customary fees. The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is the Trustee and exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the exchange notes offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Edwards Wildman Palmer LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Edwards Wildman Palmer LLP will deliver an opinion stating that the notes and the guarantees will be binding obligations of Lamar Media and the guarantors, respectively. In rendering its opinion, Edwards Wildman Palmer LLP will rely on the opinion of Kean Miller LLP with respect to certain matters pertaining to the subsidiaries guarantees.

 

125

Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedules of Lamar Advertising Company and subsidiaries and Lamar Media Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and management’s assessments of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

126

Table of Contents

EXCHANGE AGENT

We have appointed The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. Holders should direct letters of transmittal or notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent as follows:

 

By Mail, Hand delivery or Overnight Courier:

   By Facsimile Transmission:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

as Exchange Agent
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Corporate Trust Operations - Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street, Floor 7 East
New York, NY 10286
Attention: Mr. David Mauer

  

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

as Exchange Agent
c/o The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Corporate Trust Operations - Reorganization Unit
Attention: Mr. David Mauer
Facsimile: 212-298-1915

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as Exchange Agent c/o The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation Corporate Trust Operations - Reorganization Unit Attention: Mr. David Mauer Telephone: 212-815-3687

Delivery of a letter of transmittal to any address or facsimile number other than the one set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

INFORMATION AGENT

We have appointed Global Bondholder Services Corporation as information agent in connection with the exchange offer. Holders should direct questions and requests for assistance and additional copies of this prospectus to the information agent as follows:

Global Bondholder Services Corporation

65 Broadway - Suite 404

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Corporate Actions

Note Holders call: 866-470-4300

Banks and Brokers call: 212-430-3774

 

127

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

For the period ended December 31, 2011:

   

Lamar Advertising Company and Subsidiaries

   

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

      F-2   

Report of independent registered public accounting firm — Internal control over financial reporting

      F-3   

Report of independent registered public accounting firm — Consolidated financial statements

      F-4   

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

      F-5   

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

      F-6   

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

      F-7   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

      F-9   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

      F-10   

Schedule 2 — Valuation and qualifying accounts for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

      F-33   

Lamar Media Corp. and Subsidiaries

   

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

      F-34   

Report of independent registered public accounting firm — Internal control over financial reporting

      F-35   

Report of independent registered public accounting firm — Consolidated financial statements

      F-36   

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

      F-37   

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

      F-38   

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

      F-39   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

      F-40   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

      F-41   

Schedule 2 — Valuation and qualifying accounts for the years ended December  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

      F-48   

For the period ended March 31, 2012:

   

Lamar Advertising Company and Subsidiaries

   

Condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2012 (unaudited) and December 31, 2011

      F-49   

Condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited)

      F-50   

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited)

      F-51   

Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

      F-52   

Lamar Media Corp. and Subsidiaries

   

Condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2012 (unaudited) and December 31, 2011

      F-60   

Condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited)

      F-61   

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March  31, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited)

      F-62   

Note to condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited)

      F-63   

 

F-1

Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of Lamar Advertising Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.

Lamar Advertising’s management assessed the effectiveness of Lamar Advertising’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, Lamar Advertising’s management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, Lamar Advertising’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. The effectiveness of Lamar Advertising’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 8 to this Annual Report.

 

F-2

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Lamar Advertising Company:

We have audited Lamar Advertising Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Lamar Advertising Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Lamar Advertising Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Lamar Advertising Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the financial statement schedule, and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and schedule.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

Baton Rouge, Louisiana

February 27, 2012

 

F-3

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Lamar Advertising Company:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lamar Advertising Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lamar Advertising Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Lamar Advertising Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

Baton Rouge, Louisiana

February 27, 2012

 

F-4

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     2011     2010  
ASSETS     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 33,503      $ 91,679   

Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7,500 and $8,100 in 2011 and 2010

      147,436        141,166   

Prepaid expenses

      39,514        40,046   

Deferred income tax assets (note 11)

      9,812        9,241   

Other current assets

      26,360        27,277   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total current assets

      256,625        309,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Property, plant and equipment (note 4)

      2,860,592        2,796,935   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

      (1,666,975 )      (1,539,484 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net property, plant and equipment

      1,193,617        1,257,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Goodwill (note 5)

      1,426,848        1,426,135   

Intangible assets, net (note 5)

      476,880        569,723   

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $28,187 and $20,221 at 2011 and 2010, respectively

      34,409        43,170   

Other assets

      38,974        43,073   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total assets

    $ 3,427,353      $ 3,648,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

     

Trade accounts payable

    $ 12,663      $ 13,208   

Current maturities of long-term debt (note 8)

      17,310        5,694   

Accrued expenses (note 7)

      94,654        96,542   

Deferred income

      36,717        38,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total current liabilities

      161,344        153,580   

Long-term debt (note 8)

      2,141,218        2,403,446   

Deferred income tax liabilities (note 11)

      92,317        87,234   

Asset retirement obligation (note 9)

      180,662        173,673   

Other liabilities

      12,814        12,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total liabilities

      2,588,355        2,830,438   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Stockholders’ equity (note 13):

     

Series AA preferred stock, par value $.001, $63.80 cumulative dividends, authorized 5,720 shares; 5,720 shares issued and outstanding at 2011 and 2010

      —          —     

Class A preferred stock, par value $638, $63.80 cumulative dividends, 10,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding at 2011 and 2010

      —          —     

Class A common stock, par value $.001, 175,000,000 shares authorized, 95,011,499 and 94,483,412 shares issued and 77,928,847 and 77,484,562 and outstanding at 2011 and 2010, respectively

      95        94   

Class B common stock, par value $.001, 37,500,000 shares authorized, 15,122,865 shares issued and outstanding at 2011 and 2010

      15        15   

Additional paid-in-capital

      2,405,679        2,389,125   

Accumulated comprehensive income

      5,326        6,110   

Accumulated deficit

      (683,599 )      (691,784 ) 

Cost of shares held in treasury, 17,082,652 shares and 16,998,850 shares in 2011 and 2010, respectively

      (888,518 )      (885,037 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Stockholders’ equity

      838,998        818,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    $ 3,427,353      $ 3,648,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

      2011     2010     2009  

Statement of Operations

       

Net revenues

    $ 1,133,487      $ 1,092,291      $ 1,056,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Operating expenses (income):

       

Direct advertising expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      409,052        398,467        397,725   

General and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      202,437        199,136        186,733   

Corporate expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      46,533        47,377        42,690   

Depreciation and amortization (Note 10)

      299,639        312,703        336,725   

Gain on disposition of assets

      (10,548 )      (4,900 )      (5,424 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  
     947,113        952,783        958,449   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Operating income

      186,374        139,508        97,616   

Other expense (income):

       

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

      677        17,398        (3,320 ) 

Gain on disposition of investment

      —          —          (1,445 ) 

Interest income

      (569 )      (367 )      (527 ) 

Interest expense

      171,093        186,048        197,047   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  
     171,201        203,079        191,755   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Income (loss) before income tax expense

      15,173        (63,571 )      (94,139 ) 

Income tax expense (benefit) (note 11)

      6,623        (23,469 )      (36,101 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net income (loss)

      8,550        (40,102 )      (58,038 ) 

Preferred stock dividends

      365        365        365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net income (loss) applicable to common stock

    $ 8,185      $ (40,467 )    $ (58,403 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Earnings (loss) per share:

       

Basic earnings (loss) per share

    $ 0.09      $ (0.44 )    $ (0.64 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

    $ 0.09      $ (0.44 )    $ (0.64 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash dividends declared per share of common stock

    $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

      92,851,067        92,261,157        91,730,109   

Incremental common shares from dilutive stock options

      322,718        —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Weighted average common shares assuming dilution

      93,173,785        92,261,157        91,730,109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

       

Net income (loss)

    $ 8,550      $ (40,102 )    $ (58,038 ) 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

      (784 )      862        2,500   

Unrealized gain on hedging transactions

      —          —          3,814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Comprehensive income (loss)

    $ 7,766      $ (39,240 )    $ (51,724 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Deficit)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Series AA
PREF
Stock		     Class A
PREF
Stock		     Class A
CMN
Stock		     Class B
CMN
Stock		     Treasury
Stock		     Add’l
Paid in
Capital		     Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income
(Deficit)		     Accumulated
Deficit		     Total  

Balance, December 31, 2008

   $ —          —          93        15        (883,364 )      2,347,854        (1,066 )      (592,914 )      870,618   

Non-cash compensation

     —          —          —          —          —          12,462        —          —          12,462   

Exercise of 111,843 shares of stock options

     —          —          1        —          —          1,937        —          —          1,938   

Issuance of shares of common stock through employee purchase plan

     —          —          —          —          —          2,902        —          —          2,902   

Tax deduction related to options exercised

     —          —          —          —          —          25        —          —          25   

Purchase of 6,950 shares of treasury stock

     —          —          —          —          (44 )      —          —          —          (44 ) 

Payment on 2 7/8% convertible notes

     —          —          —          —          —          (4,014 )      —          —          (4,014 ) 

Comprehensive income (loss)

                  

Foreign currency translation

     —          —          —          —          —          —          2,500        —          2,500   

Change in unrealized loss on hedging transaction, net of tax $2,398

     —          —          —          —          —          —          3,814        —          3,814   

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          —            (58,038 )      (58,038 ) 
                 

 

 

  

Comprehensive loss

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (51,724 ) 

Dividends ($63.80 per preferred share)

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (365 )      (365 ) 
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2009

   $ —          —          94        15        (883,408 )      2,361,166        5,248        (651,317 )      831,798   

Non-cash compensation

     —          —          —          —          —          17,839        —          —          17,839   

Exercise of 368,178 shares of stock options

     —          —          —          —          —          6,803        —          —          6,803   

Issuance of shares of common stock through employee purchase plan

     —          —          —          —          —          3,356        —          —          3,356   

 

F-7

Table of Contents

Conversion of 50,000 from Class B common stock to Class A common stock

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Tax shortfall related to options exercised

     —          —          —          —          —          (16 )      —          —          (16 ) 

Purchase of 53,597 shares of treasury stock

     —          —          —          —          (1,629 )      —          —          —          (1,629 ) 

Payment on 2 7/8% convertible notes

     —          —          —          —          —          (23 )      —          —          (23 ) 

Comprehensive income (loss)

                  

Foreign currency translation

     —          —          —          —          —          —          862        —          862   

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (40,102 )      (40,102 ) 
                 

 

 

  

Comprehensive loss

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (39,240 ) 

Dividends ($63.80 per preferred share)

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (365 )      (365 ) 
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2010

   $ —          —          94        15        (885,037 )      2,389,125        6,110        (691,784 )      818,523   

Non-cash compensation

     —          —          —          —          —          11,650        —          —          11,650   

Exercise of 113,359 shares of stock options

     —          —          1        —          —          1,997        —          —          1,998   

Issuance of shares of common stock through employee purchase plan

     —          —          —          —          —          3,459        —          —          3,459   

Tax shortfall related to options exercised

     —          —          —          —          —          (552 )      —          —          (552 ) 

Purchase of 83,802 shares of treasury stock

     —          —          —          —          (3,481 )      —          —          —          (3,481 ) 

Comprehensive income (loss)

                  

Foreign currency translation

     —          —          —          —          —          —          (784 )      —          (784 ) 

Net income

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          8,550        8,550   
                 

 

 

  

Comprehensive income

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          7,766   

Dividends ($63.80 per preferred share)

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (365 )      (365 ) 
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ —          —          95        15        (888,518 )      2,405,679        5,326        (683,599 )      838,998   
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net income (loss)

    $ 8,550      $ (40,102 )    $ (58,038 ) 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

      299,639        312,703        336,725   

Non-cash compensation

      11,650        17,839        12,462   

Amortization included in interest expense

      18,517        16,934        19,442   

Gain on disposition of assets and investments

      (10,548 )      (4,900 )      (6,869 ) 

Loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt

      677        17,398        (3,320 ) 

Deferred income tax expenses (benefit)

      3,702        (24,588 )      (20,120 ) 

Provision for doubtful accounts

      7,591        8,736        12,663   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

(Increase) decrease in:

       

Receivables

      (14,622 )      (4,539 )      (2,083 ) 

Prepaid expenses

      1,201        2,581        5,959   

Other assets

      (1,863 )      30,723        (15,064 ) 

Increase (decrease) in:

       

Trade accounts payable

      (489 )      2,460        (4,383 ) 

Accrued expenses

      (630 )      (275 )      9,676   

Other liabilities

      (4,554 )      (12,150 )      6,693   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows provided by operating activities

      318,821        322,820        293,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Capital expenditures

      (107,070 )      (43,452 )      (38,815 ) 

Acquisitions

      (23,497 )      (6,703 )      (4,457 ) 

Decrease in notes receivable

      166        240        168   

Proceeds from disposition of assets and investments

      13,146        8,435        14,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows used in investing activities

      (117,255 )      (41,480 )      (29,039 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

      5,457        10,160        4,840   

Cash used for purchase of treasury shares

      (3,481 )      (1,629 )      (44 ) 

Net payments under credit agreement

      (213,866 )      (290,309 )      (198,701 ) 

Net proceeds from credit agreement refinancing

      —          5,360        —     

Payments on convertible notes

      —          (3,402 )      (269,087 ) 

Debt issuance costs

      —          (32,597 )      (19,919 ) 

Net proceeds from note offering

      —          400,000        314,927   

Net payment on senior subordinated notes

      (47,187 )      (389,647 )      —     

Dividends

      (365 )      (365 )      (365 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows used in financing activities

      (259,442 )      (302,429 )      (168,349 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents

      (300 )      515        1,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

      (58,176 )      (20,574 )      98,114   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

      91,679        112,253        14,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    $ 33,503      $ 91,679      $ 112,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

       

Cash paid for interest

    $ 153,800      $ 176,427      $ 169,703   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash paid for state and federal income taxes

    $ 2,651      $ 3,496      $ 3,314   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

(1) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Nature of Business

Lamar Advertising Company (the Company) is engaged in the outdoor advertising business, operating approximately 143,000 billboard advertising displays in 44 states, Canada and Puerto Rico. The Company’s operating strategy is to be the leading provider of outdoor advertising services in the markets it serves.

In addition, the Company operates a logo sign business in 21 states throughout the United States and the province of Ontario, Canada and a transit advertising business in 60 markets. Logo signs are erected pursuant to state-awarded service contracts on public rights-of-way near highway exits and deliver brand name information on available gas, food, lodging and camping services. Included in the Company’s logo sign business are tourism signing contracts. The Company provides transit advertising on bus shelters, benches and buses in the markets it serves.

(b) Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include Lamar Advertising Company, its wholly owned subsidiary, Lamar Media Corp. (Lamar Media), and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

An operating segment is a component of an enterprise:

 

  •  

that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses;

 

  •  

whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the enterprise’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance; and

 

  •  

for which discrete financial information is available.

We define the term ‘chief operating decision maker’ to be our executive management group, which consist of our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Financial Officer. Currently, all operations are reviewed on a consolidated basis for budget and business plan performance by our executive management group. Additionally, operational performance at the end of each reporting period is viewed in the aggregate by our management group. Any decisions related to changes in invested capital, personnel, operational improvement or training, or to allocate other company resources are made based on the combined results.

We operate in a single operating and reporting segment, advertising. We sell advertising on billboards, buses, shelters and benches and logo plates.

(c) Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using accelerated and straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

(d) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is subject to an annual impairment test. The Company designated December 31 as the date of its annual goodwill impairment test. Impairment testing involves various estimates and assumptions, which could vary, and an analysis of relevant market data and market capitalization. If industry and economic conditions deteriorate, the Company may be required to assess goodwill impairment before the next annual test, which could result in impairment charges.

 

F-10

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Company is required to identify its reporting units and determine the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning the assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, to those reporting units. The Company is required to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and compare it to the carrying amount of the reporting unit. To the extent the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the Company would be required to perform the second step of the impairment test, as this is an indication that the reporting unit goodwill may be impaired. The fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount at its annual impairment test date on December 31, 2011 and 2010, therefore, the Company was not required to recognize an impairment loss.

Intangible assets, consisting primarily of site locations, customer lists and contracts, and non-competition agreements are amortized using the straight-line method over the assets estimated useful lives, generally from 3 to 15 years.

(e) Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset before interest expense. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposed group classified as held for sale would be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.

(f) Deferred Income

Deferred income consists principally of advertising revenue invoiced in advance and gains resulting from the sale of certain assets to related parties. Deferred advertising revenue is recognized in income as services are provided over the term of the contract. Deferred gains are recognized in income in the consolidated financial statements at the time the assets are sold to an unrelated party or otherwise disposed of.

(g) Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes outdoor advertising revenue on an accrual basis ratably over the term of the contracts, as services are provided. Production revenue and the related expense for the advertising copy are recognized upon completion of the sale.

The Company engages in barter transactions where the Company trades advertising space for goods and services. The Company recognizes revenues and expenses from barter transactions at fair value, which is determined based on the Company’s own historical practice of receiving cash for similar advertising space from buyers unrelated to the party in the barter transaction. The amount of revenue and expense recognized for advertising barter transactions is as follows:

 

     2011      2010      2009  

Net revenues

    $ 7,153       $ 6,608       $ 5,642   

Direct advertising expenses

    $ 2,766       $ 2,768       $ 2,808   

General and administrative expenses

    $ 3,524       $ 3,242       $ 2,867   

 

F-11

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

(h) Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

(i) Earnings Per Share

The calculation of basic earnings per share excludes any dilutive effect of stock options and convertible debt, while diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of stock options and convertible debt. The number of potentially dilutive shares excluded from the calculation because of their anti-dilutive effect are 0 for the year ended December 31, 2011, 465,820 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2,580,092 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

(j) Stock Based Compensation

Compensation expense for share-based awards is recognized based on the grant date fair value of those awards. Stock-based compensation expense includes an estimate for pre-vesting forfeitures and is recognized over the requisite service periods of the awards on a straight-line basis, which is generally commensurate with the vesting term. Non-cash compensation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 were $11,650, $17,839 and $12,462. The $11,650 expensed during the year ended December 31, 2011 consists of (i) $7,875 related to stock options, (ii) $3,535 related to stock grants, made under the Company’s performance-based stock incentive program in 2011 (iii) $240 related to stock awards to directors. See Note 14 for information on the assumptions we used to calculate the fair value of stock-based compensation.

(k) Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

(l) Foreign Currency Translation

Local currencies generally are considered the functional currencies outside the United States. Assets and liabilities for operations in local-currency environments are translated at year-end exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (deficit) in Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Deficit).

(m) Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company is required to record the present value of obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets in the period in which it is incurred. The liability is capitalized as part of the related

 

F-12

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

long-lived asset’s carrying amount. Over time, accretion of the liability is recognized as an operating expense and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the expected useful life of the related asset. The Company’s asset retirement obligations relate primarily to the dismantlement, removal, site reclamation and similar activities of its properties.

(n) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(o) Comprehensive Income

Total comprehensive income is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (deficit) are presented in the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Deficit). Comprehensive Income (Loss) is composed of foreign currency translation effects and unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedging instruments.

(p) Subsequent Events

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through the date on which the financial statements are issued.

(2) Acquisitions

Year Ended December 31, 2011

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, the Company completed several acquisitions of outdoor advertising assets for a total purchase price of approximately $23,497 in cash.

Each of these acquisitions was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and, accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of each acquired entity from the date of acquisition. The acquisition costs have been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on preliminary fair market value estimates at the dates of acquisition. The allocations are pending final determination of the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. The following is a summary of the preliminary allocation of the acquisition costs in the above transactions.

 

 

     Total  

Property, plant and equipment

    $ 12,319   

Goodwill

      775   

Site locations

      8,147   

Non-competition agreements

      101   

Customer lists and contracts

      2,010   

Other asset

      356   

Current liabilities

      (211 ) 
  

 

 

  
   $ 23,497   
  

 

 

  

 

F-13

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Total acquired intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $11,033, of which $775 was assigned to goodwill. Although goodwill is not amortized for financial statement purposes, substantially all of the $775 is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes. The remaining $10,258 of acquired intangible assets have a weighted average useful life of approximately 14 years. The intangible assets include customer lists and contracts of $2,010 (7 year weighted average useful life) and site locations of $8,147 (15 year weighted average useful life). The aggregate amortization expense related to the 2011 acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2011 was approximately $358.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information for the Company gives effect to the 2011 and 2010 acquisitions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2010. These pro forma results do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations which actually would have resulted had the acquisitions occurred on such date or to project the Company’s results of operations for any future period.

 

 

     2011      2010  

Net revenues

    $ 1,135,802       $ 1,099,490   

Net income (loss) applicable to common stock

    $ 7,946       $ (39,830 ) 

Net loss per common share — basic

    $ 0.09       $ (0.43 ) 

Net loss per common share — diluted

    $ 0.09       $ (0.43 ) 

Year Ended December 31, 2010

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, the Company completed several acquisitions of outdoor advertising assets for a total purchase price of approximately $6,703 in cash.

Each of these acquisitions was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and, accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of each acquired entity from the date of acquisition. The acquisition costs have been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on preliminary fair market value estimates at the dates of acquisition. The allocations are pending final determination of the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. The following is a summary of the preliminary allocation of the acquisition costs in the above transactions.

 

 

     Total  

Property, plant and equipment

    $ 2,651   

Goodwill

      1,703   

Site locations

      2,434   

Non-competition agreements

      70   

Customer lists and contracts

      654   

Other asset

      8   

Current liabilities

      (817 ) 
  

 

 

  
   $ 6,703   
  

 

 

  

Total acquired intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $4,861, of which $1,703 was assigned to goodwill. Although goodwill is not amortized for financial statement purposes, substantially all of the $1,703 is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes. The remaining $3,158 of acquired intangible assets have a weighted average useful life of approximately 14 years. The intangible assets include customer lists and contracts of $654 (7 year weighted average useful life) and site locations of $2,434 (15 year weighted average useful life). The aggregate amortization expense related to the 2010 acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2010 was approximately $124.

 

F-14

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information for the Company gives effect to the 2010 and 2009 acquisitions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2009. These pro forma results do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations which actually would have resulted had the acquisitions occurred on such date or to project the Company’s results of operations for any future period.

 

 

     2010     2009  

Net revenues

    $ 1,092,916      $ 1,060,158   

Net loss applicable to common stock

    $ (40,692 )    $ (59,407 ) 

Net loss per common share — basic

    $ (0.44 )    $ (0.65 ) 

Net loss per common share — diluted

    $ (0.44 )    $ (0.65 ) 

(3) Noncash Financing and Investing Activities

For the period ended December 31, 2011, the Company had non-cash investing activities of $4,000 and $1,900 related to deposits paid in prior periods for the purchase of an aircraft in January 2011 that had a total purchase price of $11,539 and settlement of a notes receivable by a transfer of land, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 there were no significant non-cash financing or investing activities.

(4) Property, Plant and Equipment

Major categories of property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

 

     Estimated Life
(Years)		    2011      2010  

Land

    —      $ 307,968       $ 298,879   

Building and improvements

    10 — 39      108,820         105,459   

Advertising structures

    5 — 15      2,309,775         2,264,953   

Automotive and other equipment

    3 — 7        134,029         127,644   
     

 

 

     

 

 

  
      $ 2,860,592       $ 2,796,935   
     

 

 

     

 

 

  

(5) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following is a summary of intangible assets at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

     Estimated    2011      2010  
     Life
(Years)		    Gross  Carrying
Amount		      Accumulated
Amortization		      Gross  Carrying
Amount		      Accumulated
Amortization		  

Amortizable Intangible Assets:

               

Customer lists and contracts

    7 — 10    $ 468,371       $ 451,524       $ 466,412       $ 441,641   

Non-competition agreements

    3 — 15      63,592         61,849         63,493         60,955   

Site locations

    15      1,383,076         925,291         1,375,298         833,418   

Other

    5 — 15      13,608         13,103         13,608         13,074   
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  
      $ 1,928,647       $ 1,451,767       $ 1,918,811       $ 1,349,088   

Unamortizable Intangible Assets: Goodwill

       $ 1,680,483       $ 253,635       $ 1,679,770       $ 253,635   

 

F-15

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The changes in the gross carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    $  1,679,770   

Goodwill acquired during the year

      775   

Purchase price adjustments and other

      (62 ) 

Impairment losses

      —     
  

 

 

  

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    $ 1,680,483   
  

 

 

  

Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $102,918. The following is a summary of the estimated amortization expense for future years:

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

    $ 99,917   

Year ended December 31, 2013

      97,165   

Year ended December 31, 2014

      83,200   

Year ended December 31, 2015

      46,770   

Year ended December 31, 2016

      36,267   

Thereafter

      113,561   
  

 

 

  

Total

    $ 476,880   
  

 

 

  

(6) Leases

The Company is party to various operating leases for production facilities, vehicles and sites upon which advertising structures are built. The leases expire at various dates, and have varying options to renew and to cancel and may contain escalation provisions. The following is a summary of minimum annual rental payments required under those operating leases that have original or remaining lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2011:

 

 

2012

    $ 145,491   

2013

    $ 125,635   

2014

    $ 111,981   

2015

    $ 92,917   

2016

    $ 79,859   

Thereafter

    $ 534,461   

Rental expense related to the Company’s operating leases was $205,378, $203,044 and $213,549 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(7) Accrued Expenses

The following is a summary of accrued expenses at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

     2011      2010  

Payroll

    $ 10,519       $ 13,621   

Interest

      36,125         37,350   

Insurance benefits

      12,338         11,958   

Accrued lease expense

      26,975         26,851   

Other

      8,697         6,762   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  
   $ 94,654       $ 96,542   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

 

F-16

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

(8) Long-term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

     2011     2010  

Senior Credit Agreement

    $ 595,477      $ 808,875   

7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

      400,000        400,000   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

      381,290        400,000   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes — Series B

      191,544        206,689   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes — Series C

      256,040        265,672   

9 3/4% Senior Notes

      331,553        324,866   

Other notes with various rates and terms

      2,624        3,038   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  
     2,158,528        2,409,140   

Less current maturities

      (17,310 )      (5,694 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

    $ 2,141,218      $ 2,403,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Long-term debt matures as follows:

 

 

2012

    $ 17,310   

2013

    $ 33,735   

2014

    $ 387,808   

2015

    $ 1,012,595   

2016

    $ 307,087   

Later years

    $ 399,993   

The maturities schedule above reflects the amortization of discount in the amount of $32,673.

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

On August 16, 2005, Lamar Media Corp., issued $400,000 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. These notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will be subordinated to all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of our existing and any future subordinated debt of Lamar Media. These notes are redeemable at the company’s option anytime on or after August 15, 2010. The net proceeds from this issuance were used to reduce borrowings under Lamar Media’s bank credit facility.

On August 17, 2006, Lamar Media Corp. issued $216,000 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015-Series B. These notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will be subordinated to all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of our existing and any future subordinated debt of Lamar Media. These notes are redeemable at the company’s option anytime on or after August 15, 2010. The net proceeds from this issuance were used to reduce borrowings under Lamar Media’s bank credit facility and repurchase the Company’s Class A common stock pursuant to its repurchase plan.

On October 11, 2007, Lamar Media Corp. issued $275,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015—Series C. These notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will be subordinated to all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of the existing and any future subordinated

 

F-17

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

debt of Lamar Media. These notes are redeemable at the company’s option anytime on or after August 15, 2010. A portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the Notes was used to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under Lamar Media’s revolving senior credit facility.

During September and October 2011, the Company repurchased an aggregate principal amount of $47,900 of its outstanding 6 5/8% Notes due 2015 at an average purchase price of 98.5% of the original issue amount through open market transactions. A loss of $677 was recorded as a result of the transactions at December 31, 2011.

As discussed in Note 20, subsequent to December 31, 2011, Lamar Media repurchased a portion of the 6 5/8% Notes.

9 3/4% Senior Notes

On March 27, 2009, Lamar Media completed an institutional private placement of $350,000 in aggregate principal amount ($314,927 gross proceeds) of 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014. The institutional private placement resulted in net proceeds to Lamar Media of approximately $307,489. The senior notes mature on April 1, 2014 and bear interest at a rate of 9 3/4% per annum, which is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning October 1, 2009. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The terms of the senior notes will, among other things, limit Lamar Media’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to (i) incur additional debt and issue preferred stock; (ii) make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments; (iii) create certain liens; (iv) enter into transactions with affiliates; (v) have the restricted subsidiaries make payments to Lamar Media; (vi) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of Lamar Media’s or the restricted subsidiaries’ assets; and (vii) sell assets. These covenants are subject to a number of exceptions and qualifications.

Lamar Media may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior notes, at any time and from time to time, at a price equal to 109.75% of the aggregate principal amount so redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including additional interest, if any), with the net cash proceeds of certain public equity offerings completed before April 1, 2012. At any time prior to April 1, 2014, Lamar Media may redeem some or all of the senior notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium. In addition, if the Company or Lamar Media undergoes a change of control, Lamar Media may be required to make an offer to purchase each holder’s senior notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the senior notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any), up to but not including the repurchase date.

7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

On April 22, 2010 the Company completed an institutional private placement of $400,000 aggregate principal amount of 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 the “7 7/8% Notes” of Lamar Media. The institutional private placement resulted in net proceeds to Lamar Media of approximately $392,000.

Lamar Media may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any time and from time to time, at a price equal to 107.875% of the aggregate principal amount so redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including additional interest, if any), with the net cash proceeds of certain public equity offerings completed before April 15, 2013, provided that following the redemption at least 65% of the 7 7/8% Notes that were originally issued remain outstanding. At any time prior to April 15, 2014, Lamar Media may redeem some or all of the 7 7/8% Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium. On or after April 15, 2014, Lamar Media may redeem the 7 7/8% Notes, in whole or part, in cash at redemption prices specified in the Indenture.

 

F-18

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Company used the proceeds of this offering, after the payment of fees and expenses, to repurchase all of its outstanding 7 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013.

2010 Senior Credit Facility

On April 28, 2010, Lamar Media refinanced its existing senior credit facility with a new senior credit facility. The Senior Credit Facility, for which JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. serves as administrative agent, consists of a $250,000 revolving credit facility, a $270,000 term loan A-1 facility, a $30,000 term loan A-2 facility, a $575,000 term loan B facility and a $300,000 incremental facility, which may be increased by up to an additional $200,000, based upon our satisfaction of a senior debt ratio test (as described below), of less than or equal to 3.25 to 1. Lamar Media is the borrower under the Senior Credit Facility, except with respect to the $30,000 term loan A-2 facility for which Lamar Media’s wholly owned subsidiary, Lamar Advertising of Puerto Rico, Inc. is the borrower. We may also from time to time designate additional wholly owned subsidiaries as subsidiary borrowers under the incremental loan facility that can borrow up to $110,000 of the incremental facility. Incremental loans may be in the form of additional term loan tranches or increases in the revolving credit facility. Our lenders have no obligation to make additional loans to us, or any designated subsidiary borrower, under the incremental facility, but may enter into such commitments in their sole discretion.

The remaining quarterly amortizations of the Term facilities as of December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

 

     Term A-1      Term A-2      Term B  

September 30, 2012 — March 31, 2014

    $ 6,750       $ 750       $ 813.2   

June 30, 2014 — March 30, 2015

    $ 13,500       $ 1,500       $ 813.2   

June 30, 2015 — September 30, 2015

    $ 37,125       $ 4,125       $ 813.2   

December 31, 2015

    $ 74,250       $ 8,250       $ 813.2   

March 31, 2016 — September 30, 2016

    $ —         $ —         $ 813.2   

December 31, 2016

    $ —         $ —         $ 304,151.9   

In addition to the amortizations of our Term facilities, Lamar Media may be required to make certain mandatory prepayments on loans outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility that would be applied first to any outstanding term loans, commencing with the year ended December 31, 2010. These payments, if any, are determined annually and are calculated based on a percentage of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Senior Credit Facility) at the end of each fiscal year. The percentage of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow that must be applied to repay outstanding loans (the “Excess Cash Flow Percentage”) was set at 50% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. For fiscal years ending on or after December 31, 2011, this percentage is subject to a reduction to 0% if the total holdings debt ratio, as described above, is less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00 as of the last day of such fiscal year. The Company will not be required to make a mandatory prepayment in respect of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 since there was a consolidated cash flow deficit, in accordance with the calculation as defined in the Senior Credit Facility and the total holdings debt ratio was less than 5.0 to 1.0.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $0 revolving credit loans outstanding under the revolving facility. The revolving facility terminates April 28, 2015. Availability of the revolving facility is reduced by the amount of letters of credit outstanding. The company had $9,364 letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and $240,636 availability under its revolving facility. Revolving credit loans may be requested under the revolving credit facility at any time prior to maturity. The loans bear interest, at the Company’s option, at the LIBOR Rate or JPMorgan Chase Prime Rate plus applicable margins, such margins being set from time to time based on the Company’s ratio of debt to trailing twelve month EBITDA, as defined in the agreement.

 

F-19

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The terms of the indenture relating to Lamar Advertising’s outstanding notes, Lamar Media’s Senior Credit Facility and the indenture relating to Lamar Media’s outstanding notes restrict, among other things, the ability of Lamar Advertising and Lamar Media to:

 

  •  

dispose of assets;

 

  •  

incur or repay debt;

 

  •  

create liens;

 

  •  

make investments; and

 

  •  

pay dividends.

Lamar Media’s ability to make distributions to Lamar Advertising is also restricted under the terms of these agreements. Under Lamar Media’s Senior Credit Facility the Company must maintain specified financial ratios and levels including:

 

  •  

fixed charges ratios;

 

  •  

senior debt ratios; and

 

  •  

total debt ratios.

Lamar Advertising and Lamar Media were in compliance with all of the terms of all of the indentures and the applicable Senior credit agreement during the periods presented.

(9) Asset Retirement Obligation

The Company’s asset retirement obligation includes the costs associated with the removal of its structures, resurfacing of the land and retirement cost, if applicable, related to the Company’s outdoor advertising portfolio. The following table reflects information related to our asset retirement obligations:

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    $  160,260   

Revisions in cash flow estimates

      7,809   

Additions to asset retirement obligations

      261   

Accretion expense

      10,751   

Liabilities settled

      (5,408 ) 
  

 

 

  

Balance at December 31, 2010

      173,673   

Additions to asset retirement obligations

      708   

Accretion expense

      10,573   

Liabilities settled

      (4,292 ) 
  

 

 

  

Balance at December 31, 2011

    $ 180,662   
  

 

 

  

 

F-20

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

(10) Depreciation and Amortization

The Company includes all categories of depreciation and amortization on a separate line in its Statement of Operations. The amounts of depreciation and amortization expense excluded from the following operating expenses in its Statement of Operations are:

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Direct expenses

    $ 283,720       $ 297,517       $ 318,561   

General and administrative expenses

      4,224         5,033         6,528   

Corporate expenses

      11,695         10,153         11,636   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  
   $ 299,639       $ 312,703       $ 336,725   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  

(11) Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:

 

 

     Current     Deferred     Total  

Year ended December 31, 2011:

       

U.S. federal

    $ —        $ 2,963      $ 2,963   

State and local

      1,075        1,125        2,200   

Foreign

      1,847        (387 )      1,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  
   $ 2,922      $ 3,701      $ 6,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Year ended December 31, 2010:

       

U.S. federal

    $ (1,290 )    $ (14,174 )    $ (15,464 ) 

State and local

      477        (3,767 )      (3,290 ) 

Foreign

      1,932        (6,647 )      (4,715 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  
   $ 1,119      $ (24,588 )    $ (23,469 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Year ended December 31, 2009:

       

U.S. federal

    $ (20,062 )    $ (14,862 )    $ (34,924 ) 

State and local

      1,960        (2,939 )      (979 ) 

Foreign

      2,121        (2,319 )      (198 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  
   $ (15,981 )    $ (20,120 )    $ (36,101 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the company had income taxes receivable of $381 and $1,789, respectively, included in other current assets.

The U.S. and foreign components of earnings (loss) before income taxes are as follows:

 

 

     2011     2010     2009  

U.S.

    $ 16,641      $ (59,353 )    $ (94,371 ) 

Foreign

      (1,468 )      (4,218 )      232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

    $ 15,173      $ (63,571 )    $ (94,139 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

F-21

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

A reconciliation of significant differences between the reported amount of income tax expense (benefit) and the expected amount of income tax expense (benefit) that would result from applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35 percent to income before taxes is as follows:

 

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Income tax expense (benefit) at U.S. federal statutory rate

    $ 5,310      $ (22,250 )    $ (32,948 ) 

State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

      958        (4,945 )      (636 ) 

Book expenses not deductible for tax purposes

      746        662        816   

Stock-based compensation

      464        518        (3,534 ) 

Amortization of non-deductible goodwill

      1        3        6   

Undistributed earnings of Canadian subsidiaries (a)

      (4,023 )      1,083        828   

Valuation allowance

      382        1,487        (9 ) 

Rate Change (b)

      1,743        —          —     

Other differences, net

      1,042        (27 )      (624 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    $ 6,623      $ (23,469 )    $ (36,101 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

(a)   In prior periods, the undistributed earnings of our Canadian subsidiaries were not designated as permanently reinvested. As of December 31, 2011, however, management asserts that the undistributed earnings of our Canadian subsidiaries are permanently reinvested. During the current year, we recognized a deferred tax benefit of $4,023, resulting from the release of the December 31, 2010 deferred tax liability.
(b)   In 2011, the “Internal Revenue Code for a New Puerto Rico” was signed into law. Under the enacted legislation, the Puerto Rico corporate income tax rate was lowered from 39% to 30%. As a result, a non-cash charge of $1,743 to income tax expense was recorded for the reduction of the Puerto Rico net deferred tax asset.

 

F-22

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and (liabilities) are presented below:

 

 

     2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 2,954      $ 5,445   

Accrued liabilities not deducted for tax purposes

      33,583        33,873   

Asset retirement obligation

      61,565        57,060   

Net operating loss carry forwards

      148,913        127,866   

Tax credit carry forwards

      3,724        3,829   

Charitable contributions carry forward

      469        409   

Other

      —          516   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Gross deferred tax assets

      251,208        228,998   

Less: valuation allowance

      (3,755 )      (3,332 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net deferred tax assets

      247,453        225,666   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Property, plant and equipment

      (36,967 )      (16,517 ) 

Intangibles

      (291,926 )      (281,884 ) 

Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries

      —          (4,023 ) 

Investment in partnerships

      (1,065 )      (1,235 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Gross deferred tax liabilities

      (329,958 )      (303,659 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net deferred tax liabilities

    $ (82,505 )    $ (77,993 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Classification in the consolidated balance sheets:

     

Current deferred tax assets

    $ 9,812      $ 9,241   

Current deferred tax liabilities

      —          —     

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

      —          —     

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

      (92,317 )      (87,234 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net deferred tax liabilities

    $ (82,505 )    $ (77,993 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

During 2011, we generated $58,412 of U.S. net operating losses, primarily attributable to the accelerated tax depreciation provisions available under the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010 that was signed into law by the President on December 17, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $342,534 of U.S. net operating loss carry forwards remaining to offset future taxable income. Of this amount, $43,201 is subject to an IRC §382 limitation of $25,337 per year. These carry forwards expire between 2022 through 2031. In addition, we have $3,476 of various credits available to offset future U.S. federal income tax.

As of December 31, 2011, we have approximately $457,965 state net operating loss carry forwards before valuation allowances. These state net operating losses are available to reduce future taxable income and expire at various times and amounts. Management has determined that a valuation allowance related to state net operating loss carry forwards in certain jurisdictions is necessary. The valuation allowance for these deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $3,742 and $3,332, respectively. The net change in the total

 

F-23

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

valuation allowance for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was an increase (decrease) of $410, $1,653, and $(13), respectively.

During 2011, we generated $4,896 of Puerto Rico net operating losses. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $21,778 of Puerto Rico net operating losses available to offset future taxable income. These carry forwards expire between 2016 and 2021.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in those jurisdictions during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carry back and carry forward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. In order to fully realize the deferred tax assets, the company will need to generate future taxable income before the expiration of the carry forwards governed by the tax code.

Based on the current level of pretax earnings and projected decreases in future depreciation and amortization, the Company will generate the minimum amount of future taxable income to support the realization of the deferred tax assets. Additionally, the company has a significant amount of deferred tax liabilities that will reverse during the same period and jurisdiction and are of the same character as the temporary differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets. As a result, management believes that it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2011. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry forward period are reduced.

In prior periods, we have not designated the undistributed earnings of our Canadian subsidiaries as permanently reinvested. As of December 31, 2011, however, management asserts that the undistributed earnings of our Canadian subsidiaries are permanently reinvested. We have not recognized a deferred tax liability of approximately $5,459 for the undistributed earnings of our Canadian operations that arose in 2011 and prior years as management intends to reinvest the earnings outside the U.S. indefinitely. During the current period, we recognized a deferred tax benefit of $4,023, resulting from the release of the December 31, 2010 deferred tax liability. As of December 31, 2011, the undistributed earnings of these subsidiaries were approximately $15,596.

 

F-24

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Under ASC 740, we provide for uncertain tax positions, and the related interest, and adjust recognized tax benefits and accrued interest accordingly. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

    $ 919   

Additions for tax positions related to current year

      35   

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

      —     

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

      —     

Lapse of statute of limitations

      (632 ) 

Settlements

      —     
  

 

 

  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    $ 322   

Additions for tax positions related to current year

      7   

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

      —     

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

      —     

Lapse of statute of limitations

      (194 ) 

Settlements

      —     
  

 

 

  

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    $ 135   
  

 

 

  

Included in the balance of unrecognized benefits at December 31, 2011 is $135 of tax benefits that, if recognized in future periods, would impact our effective tax rate.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we recognized interest and penalties of $7 and $35, respectively, as components of income tax expense (benefit) in connection with our liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. Interest and penalties included in the balance at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, was $27 and $67, respectively.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and nearly all states. In addition, the Company is subject to income taxes in Canada and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. We are no longer subject to U.S federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2009 since the IRS has completed review of our income tax returns through 2008, or for any U.S. state income tax audit prior to 2002. With respect to Canada and Puerto Rico, we are no longer subject to income tax audits for years before 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Within the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible, that we could decrease our unrecognized tax benefits up to $62 as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations.

(12) Related Party Transactions

Affiliates, as used within these statements, are persons or entities that are affiliated with Lamar Advertising Company or its subsidiaries through common ownership and directorate control.

Prior to 1996, the Company entered into various related party transactions for the purchase and sale of advertising structures whereby any resulting gains were deferred at that date. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the deferred gains related to these transactions were $941 and $942, respectively, and are included in deferred income on the balance sheets. No gains related to these transactions have been realized in the Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

F-25

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

In addition, the Company had receivables from employees of $230 and $155 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These receivables are primarily relocation loans for employees. The Company does not have any receivables from its current executive officers.

Effective July 1, 1996, the Lamar Texas Limited Partnership, one of the Company’s subsidiaries, and Reilly Consulting Company, L.L.C., which Kevin P. Reilly, Sr. controls, entered into a consulting agreement, which was amended January 1, 2004. This consulting agreement as amended has a term through December 31, 2008 with automatic renewals for successive one year periods after that date unless either party provides written termination to the other. The amended agreement provides for an annual consulting fee of $190 for the five year period commencing on January 1, 2004 and an annual consulting fee of $150 for any subsequent one year renewal term. As of December 31, 2011, this consulting agreement was renewed for one additional year at the previously agreed fee of $150 per year. The agreement also contains a non-disclosure provision and a non-competition restriction which extends for two years beyond the termination agreement.

In June 2011, the Company entered into a service contract with Joule Energy LA, LLC (“Joule”), of which Ross L. Reilly is a member and owns 26.66% interest. Joule provides services related to the Company’s installation of solar arrays in the State of Louisiana, which services are expected to be completed in 2012. The aggregate amount payable to Joule under the service contract is approximately $1,000 of which approximately $625 has been incurred as of December 31, 2011. Ross L. Reilly is the son of Kevin P. Reilly, Jr., our Chairman of the Board of Directors and President.

(13) Stockholders’ Equity

On July 16, 1999, the Board of Directors designated 5,720 shares of the 1,000,000 shares of previously undesignated preferred stock, par value $.001, as Series AA preferred stock. The Class A preferred stock, par value $638, was exchanged for the new Series AA preferred stock and no shares of Class A preferred stock are currently outstanding. The new Series AA preferred stock and the class A preferred stock rank senior to the Class A common stock and Class B common stock with respect to dividends and upon liquidation. Holders of Series AA preferred stock and Class A preferred stock are entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, dividends at the rate of $15.95 per share per quarter when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The Series AA preferred stock and the Class A preferred stock are also entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, $638 plus a further amount equal to any dividend accrued and unpaid to the date of distribution before any payments are made or assets distributed to the Class A common stock or Class B stock upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The liquidation value of the outstanding Series AA preferred stock at December 31, 2011 was $3,649. The Series AA preferred stock and the Class A preferred stock are identical, except that the Series AA preferred stock is entitled to one vote per share and the Class A preferred stock is not entitled to vote.

All of the outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, following any required distribution to the holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to share pro rata in any balance of the corporate assets available for distribution to them. The Company may pay dividends if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors from funds legally available therefore, subject to the restrictions set forth in the Company’s existing indentures and the Senior Credit Facility. Subject to the preferential rights of the holders of any class of preferred stock, holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the Company’s Board of directors out of funds legally available for such purpose. No dividend may be declared or paid in cash or property on any share of either class of common stock unless simultaneously the

 

F-26

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

same dividend is declared or paid on each share of the other class of common stock, provided that, in the event of stock dividends, holders of a specific class of common stock shall be entitled to receive only additional shares of such class.

The rights of the Class A and Class B common stock are equal in all respects, except holders of Class B common stock have ten votes per share on all matters in which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote and holders of Class A common stock have one vote per share on such matters. The Class B common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock upon the sale or transfer to persons other than permitted transferees (as defined in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended).

In February 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved a repurchase program of up to $500,000 of the Company’s Class A common stock, which expired on February 22, 2009. Shares repurchased during the program were made on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing and amount of the shares repurchased were determined by Lamar’s management based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. All repurchased shares are available for future use for general corporate and other purposes. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, the Company did not purchase any shares of its Class A common stock under the repurchase program.

(14) Stock Compensation Plans

Equity Incentive Plan. Lamar’s 1996 Equity Incentive Plan has reserved 13 million shares of common stock for issuance to directors and employees, including options granted and common stock reserved for issuance under its performance-based incentive program. Options granted under the plan expire ten years from the grant date with vesting terms ranging from three to five years which primarily includes 1) options that vest in one-fifth increments beginning on the grant date and continuing on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date and 2) options that cliff-vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. All grants are made at fair market value based on the closing price of our Class A common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

We use a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. The Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model incorporates various highly subjective assumptions, including expected term and expected volatility. We have reviewed our historical pattern of option exercises and have determined that meaningful differences in option exercise activity existed among vesting schedules. Therefore, for all stock options granted after January 1, 2006, we have categorized these awards into two groups of vesting 1) 5-year cliff vest and 2) 4-year graded vest, for valuation purposes. We have determined there were no meaningful differences in employee activity under our ESPP due to the nature of the plan.

We estimate the expected term of options granted using an implied life derived from the results of a hypothetical mid-point settlement scenario, which incorporates our historical exercise, expiration and post-vesting employment termination patterns, while accommodating for partial life cycle effects. We believe these estimates will approximate future behavior.

We estimate the expected volatility of our Class A common stock at the grant date using a blend of 75% historical volatility of our Class A common stock and 25% implied volatility of publicly traded options with maturities greater than six months on our Class A common stock as of the option grant date. Our decision to use a blend of historical and implied volatility was based upon the volume of actively traded options on our common stock and our belief that historical volatility alone may not be completely representative of future stock price trends.

 

F-27

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Our risk-free interest rate assumption is determined using the Federal Reserve nominal rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued. We assumed an expected dividend yield of zero since the Company has historically not paid dividends on Class A common stock, except for special dividends in 2007.

We estimate option forfeitures at the time of grant and periodically revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards expected to vest using an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical forfeiture data.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used:

 

 

Grant Year

    Dividend
Yield		     Expected
Volatility		     Risk Free
Interest  Rate		     Expected
Lives		  

2011

      0 %      52 %      2 %      5   

2010

      0 %      54 %      2 %      5   

2009

      0 %      55 %      2 %      5   

Information regarding the 1996 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

 

     Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price		      Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life		  

Outstanding, beginning of year

      2,828,770      $ 20.85      

Granted

      68,000        33.28      

Exercised

      (113,359 )      17.62      

Canceled

      (80,782 )      21.62      
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

Outstanding, end of year

      2,702,629      $ 21.27         7.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

  

Exercisable at end of year

      1,500,656      $ 22.86         6.78   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

  

At December 31, 2011 there was $7,372 of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.14 years.

On July 2, 2009, we completed a tender offer for 250 eligible participants to exchange some or all of certain outstanding options (the “Eligible Options”) for new options to be issued under the Company’s 1996 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended. We have accepted for cancellation Eligible Options to purchase an aggregate of 2,630,474 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, representing 86.2% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock underlying all Eligible Options. In exchange for the Eligible Options surrendered in the Offer, we issued new options to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,030,819 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock under the 1996 Plan. Each new option has an exercise price per share of $15.67, the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on July 2, 2009. Eligible Options not tendered for exchange remain outstanding according to their original terms and are subject to the 1996 Plan. An incremental cost of $1,923 will be recognized over the 5 year vesting term of the new options using the bifurcation method.

 

F-28

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The exchange of Eligible Options has been accounted for as a modification. In calculating the incremental compensation cost of a modification, the fair value of the modified award was compared to the fair value of the original award measured immediately before its terms and conditions were modified. The Company elected to use a binomial lattice model solely to determine the incremental compensation cost associated with the underwater options because it more appropriately captures exercise and cancellation patterns needed in the valuation. There were no significant changes in assumptions utilized in the determination of the incremental compensation cost of the modification.

Shares available for future stock option and restricted share grants to employees and directors under existing plans were 2,341,158 at December 31, 2011. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 was $22,379, and the aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable was $11,453. Total intrinsic value of options exercised was $1,206 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The following table summarizes our non-vested stock option activity for year ended December 31, 2011:

 

 

     Shares     Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value		  

Non-vested stock options at the beginning of the period

      1,832,153      $ 9.20   

Granted

      54,400        9.33   

Vested

      (623,362 )      9.49   

Canceled

      (61,218 )      9.14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Non-vested stock options at the end of the period

      1,201,973      $ 9.06   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Stock Purchase Plan. On May 25, 2000, the stockholders approved the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2000 ESPP”) whereby 500,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock were reserved for issuance under the Plan. Under this plan, eligible employees could purchase stock at 85% of the fair market value of a share on the offering commencement date or the respective purchase date whichever was lower. Purchases were limited to ten percent of an employee’s total compensation. The initial offering under the Plan commenced on April 1, 2000 with a single purchase date on June 30, 2000. Subsequent offerings commenced each year on July 1 with a termination date of December 31 and purchase dates on September 30 and December 31; and on January 1 with a termination date on June 30 and purchase dates on March 31 and June 30. In accordance with the Plan, the number of shares available for issuance under the plan was increased at the beginning of each fiscal year by the lesser of 500,000 shares or one tenth of 1% of the total of shares outstanding or a lessor amount determined by the board of directors.

The 2000 ESPP was terminated following the issuance of all shares that were subject to the offer that commenced under the 2000 ESPP on January 1, 2009 and ended June 30, 2009. In 2009, we adopted a new employee stock purchase plan. Our 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by our Board of Directors in February 2009 and approved by our shareholders on May 28, 2009. The terms of the 2009 ESPP are

 

F-29

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

substantially the same as the 2000 ESPP. The following is a summary of ESPP share activity for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

 

     Shares  

2009 ESPP Plan Shares available for future purchases, January 1, 2011

      331,795   

Additional Shares reserved under 2009 ESPP

      77,928   

Purchases

      (156,429 ) 
  

 

 

  

Shares available for future purchases, December 31, 2011

      253,294   
  

 

 

  

Performance-based compensation. Unrestricted shares of our Class A common stock may be awarded to key officers and employees under our 1996 Plan based on certain Company performance measures for fiscal 2011. The number of shares to be issued; if any, will be dependent on the level of achievement of these performance measures as determined by the Company’s Compensation Committee based on our 2011 results and were issued in the first quarter of 2012. The shares subject to these awards can range from a minimum of 0% to a maximum of 100% of the target number of shares depending on the level at which the goals are attained. Based on the Company’s performance measures achieved through December 31, 2011, the Company has accrued $3,535 as compensation expense related to these agreements.

(15) Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors a partially self-insured group health insurance program. The Company is obligated to pay all claims under the program, which are in excess of premiums, up to program limits. The Company is also self-insured with respect to its income disability benefits and against casualty losses on advertising structures. Amounts for expected losses, including a provision for losses incurred but not reported, is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2011, the Company maintained $7,950 in letters of credit with a bank to meet requirements of the Company’s worker’s compensation and general liability insurance carrier.

Savings and Profit Sharing Plan

The Company sponsors The Lamar Corporation Savings and Profit Sharing Plan covering eligible employees who have completed one year of service and are at least 21 years of age. The Company has the option to match 50% of employees’ contributions up to 5% of eligible compensation. Employees can contribute up to 100% of compensation. Full vesting on the Company’s matched contributions occurs after three years for contributions made after January 1, 2002. Annually, at the Company’s discretion, an additional profit sharing contribution may be made on behalf of each eligible employee. The Company matched contributions of $2,870, $1,263 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company sponsors a Deferred Compensation Plan for the benefit of certain of its board-elected officers who meet specific age and years of service and other criteria. Officers that have attained the age of 30 and have a minimum of 10 years of service to the Company and satisfying additional eligibility guidelines are eligible for annual contributions to the Plan generally ranging from $3 to $8, depending on the employee’s length of service. The Company’s contributions to the Plan are maintained in a rabbi trust and, accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the Plan are reflected in the balance sheet of the Company in other assets and other liabilities. Upon

 

F-30

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

termination, death or disability, participating employees are eligible to receive an amount equal to the fair market value of the assets in the employee’s deferred compensation account. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company contributed $1,223 and $1,164, respectively. The Company did not contribute to the plan for year ended December 31, 2009.

On December 8, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Lamar Deferred Compensation Plan in order to (1) to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”) applicable to deferred compensation and (2) to reflect changes in the administration of the Plan. The Company’s Board of Directors also approved the adoption of a grantor trust pursuant to which amounts may be set aside, but remain subject to claims of the Company’s creditors, for payments of liabilities under the new plan, including amounts contributed under the old plan. The plan was further amended in August 2007 to make certain amendments to reflect Section 409A regulations issued on April 10, 2007.

(16) Commitment and Contingencies

The Company is involved in various other claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

(17) Summarized Financial Information of Subsidiaries

Separate financial statements of each of the Company’s direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries that have guaranteed Lamar Media’s obligations with respect to its publicly issued notes (collectively, the “Guarantors”) are not included herein because the Company has no independent assets or operations, the guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several and the only subsidiaries that are not guarantors are in the aggregate minor.

Lamar Media’s ability to make distributions to Lamar Advertising is restricted under both the terms of the indentures relating to Lamar Media’s outstanding notes and by the terms of the Senior Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, Lamar Media was permitted under the terms of its outstanding senior subordinated notes to make transfers to Lamar Advertising in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances in amounts up to $1,641,856 and $1,380,705, respectively. Transfers to Lamar Advertising are subject to additional restrictions if, (i) under the Senior Credit Facility and as defined therein, (x) the total holdings debt ratio is greater than 5.75 to 1 or (y) the senior debt ratio is greater than 3.25 to 1.0, and (ii) if under the indenture for Lamar Media’s 9 3/4% senior notes and as defined therein, its senior leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 3.0 to 1. As of December 31, 2011, the total holdings debt ratio was less than 5.75 to 1 and Lamar Media’s senior debt ratio was less than 3.25 to 1 and its senior leverage ratio was less than 3.0 to 1; therefore, transfers to Lamar Advertising were not subject to any additional restrictions under the senior credit facility or pursuant to the indenture governing the 9 3/4% senior notes.

(18) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s financial instruments included cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, investments, accounts payable, borrowings and derivative contracts. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt approximated carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Investments and derivative contracts are reported at fair values. Fair values for investments held at

 

F-31

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

cost are not readily available, but are estimated to approximate fair value. The estimated fair value of the Company’s long term debt (including current maturities) was $2,265,451, which exceeded both the gross and carrying amounts of $2,191,201 and $2,158,528, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

(19) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

 

     Year 2011 Quarters  
     March 31     June 30      September 30      December 31  

Net revenues

    $ 255,202      $ 293,345       $ 296,701       $ 288,239   

Net revenues less direct advertising expenses

    $ 155,651      $ 190,287       $ 193,501       $ 184,996   

Net (loss) income applicable to common stock

    $ (13,331 )    $ 11,335       $ 3,901       $ 6,280   

Net (loss) income per common share basic

    $ (0.14 )    $ 0.12       $ 0.04       $ 0.07   

Net (loss) income per common share — diluted

    $ (0.14 )    $ 0.12       $ 0.04       $ 0.07   

 

     Year 2010 Quarters  
     March 31     June 30     September 30      December 31  

Net revenues

    $ 244,103      $ 286,366      $ 286,138       $ 275,684   

Net revenues less direct advertising expenses

    $ 145,551      $ 186,541      $ 186,543       $ 175,189   

Net (loss) income applicable to common stock

    $ (24,918 )    $ (9,028 )    $ 690       $ (7,211 ) 

Net (loss) income per common share basic

    $ (0.27 )    $ (0.10 )    $ 0.01       $ (0.08 ) 

Net (loss) income per common share — diluted

    $ (0.27 )    $ (0.10 )    $ 0.01       $ (0.08 ) 

(20) Subsequent Events

On February 9, 2012, Lamar Media entered into a restatement agreement with respect to its existing Senior Credit Facility in order to fund a new $100,000 Term loan A-3 facility and to make certain covenant changes to the Senior Credit Facility.

On February 9, 2012, Lamar Media completed an institutional private placement of $500,000 aggregate principal amount of 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2022. The institutional private placement resulted in net proceeds to Lamar Media of approximately $489,000. The Company used the proceeds of this offering, after the payment of fees and expenses together with approximately $99,000 of net proceeds from its term loan A-3 facility to repurchase $583,123 of its outstanding 6 5/8% Notes.

 

 

F-32

Table of Contents
SCHEDULE SCHEDULEValuation and Qualifying Accounts Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

SCHEDULE 2

Lamar Advertising Company

And Subsidiaries

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Period		      Charged to
Costs and
Expenses		      Deductions      Balance at
End of
Period		  

Year ended December 31, 2011

            

Deducted in balance sheet from trade accounts receivable:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 8,100         7,591         8,191       $ 7,500   

Deducted in balance sheet from intangible assets:

            

Amortization of intangible assets

    $ 1,602,723         102,679         —         $ 1,705,402   

Year ended December 31, 2010

            

Deducted in balance sheet from trade accounts receivable:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 9,550         8,736         10,186       $ 8,100   

Deducted in balance sheet from intangible assets:

            

Amortization of intangible assets

    $ 1,497,763         104,960         —         $ 1,602,723   

Year ended December 31, 2009

            

Deducted in balance sheet from trade accounts receivable:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 10,000         12,663         13,113       $ 9,550   

Deducted in balance sheet from intangible assets:

            

Amortization of intangible assets

    $ 1,389,523         108,292         52       $ 1,497,763   

 

F-33

Table of Contents

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of Lamar Media Corp. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.

Lamar Media’s management assessed the effectiveness of Lamar Media’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal-Control Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, Lamar Media’s management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, Lamar Media’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. The effectiveness of Lamar Media’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 8 to this Annual Report.

 

F-34

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholder

Lamar Media Corp.:

We have audited Lamar Media Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Lamar Media Corp.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Lamar Media Corp. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Lamar Media Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholder’s equity and comprehensive income (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the financial statement schedule, and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and schedule.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

Baton Rouge, Louisiana

February 27, 2012

 

F-35

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholder

Lamar Media Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lamar Media Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholder’s equity and comprehensive income (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lamar Media Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Lamar Media Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

Baton Rouge, Louisiana

February 27, 2012

 

F-36

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2011 and 2010

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     2011     2010  
ASSETS     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 33,377      $ 88,565   

Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7,500 and $8,100 in 2011 and 2010

      147,436        141,166   

Prepaid expenses

      39,514        40,046   

Deferred income tax assets (note 6)

      9,812        9,241   

Other current assets

      26,578        20,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total current assets

      256,717        299,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Property, plant and equipment

      2,860,592        2,796,935   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

      (1,666,975 )      (1,539,484 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net property, plant and equipment

      1,193,617        1,257,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Goodwill (note 3)

      1,416,696        1,415,983   

Intangible assets, net (note 3)

      476,376        569,189   

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $18,899 and $10,933 as of 2011 and 2010 respectively

      32,455        41,218   

Other assets

      33,689        37,787   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total assets

    $ 3,409,550      $ 3,621,037   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

     

Trade accounts payable

    $ 12,663      $ 13,208   

Current maturities of long-term debt (note 5)

      17,310        5,694   

Accrued expenses (note 4)

      93,315        85,803   

Deferred income

      36,717        38,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total current liabilities

      160,005        142,841   

Long-term debt (note 5)

      2,141,218        2,403,446   

Deferred income tax liabilities (note 6)

      125,462        120,083   

Asset retirement obligation

      180,662        173,673   

Other liabilities

      12,814        12,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total liabilities

      2,620,161        2,852,548   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Stockholder’s equity:

     

Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 3,000 shares; 100 shares issued and outstanding at 2011 and 2010

      —          —     

Additional paid-in-capital

      2,579,318        2,562,765   

Accumulated comprehensive income

      5,326        6,110   

Accumulated deficit

      (1,795,255 )      (1,800,386 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Stockholder’s equity

      789,389        768,489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

    $ 3,409,550      $ 3,621,037   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Statement of Operations

       

Net revenues

    $ 1,133,487      $ 1,092,291      $ 1,056,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Operating expenses (income):

       

Direct advertising expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      409,052        398,467        397,725   

General and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      202,437        199,136        186,733   

Corporate expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      46,175        47,377        42,265   

Depreciation and amortization

      299,639        312,703        336,725   

Gain on disposition of assets

      (10,548 )      (4,900 )      (5,424 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  
     946,755        952,783        958,024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Operating income

      186,732        139,508        98,041   

Other expense (income):

       

Loss on extinguishment of debt

      677        17,402        —     

Gain on disposition of investment

      —          —          (1,445 ) 

Interest income

      (569 )      (358 )      (462 ) 

Interest expense

      171,093        185,875        191,917   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  
     171,201        202,919        190,010   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Income (loss) before income tax expense

      15,531        (63,411 )      (91,969 ) 

Income tax expense (benefit) (note 6)

      6,919        (23,213 )      (36,146 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net income (loss)

    $ 8,612      $ (40,198 )    $ (55,823 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

       

Net income (loss)

    $ 8,612      $ (40,198 )    $ (55,823 ) 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

      (784 )      862        2,500   

Unrealized gain on hedging transactions

      —          —          3,814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Comprehensive income (loss)

    $ 7,828      $ (39,336 )    $ (49,509 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-38

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity and Comprehensive Income (Deficit)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Common
Stock		      Additional
Paid-In
Capital		      Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income
(Deficit)		     Accumulated
Deficit		     Total  

Balance, December 31, 2008

    $ —         $ 2,517,481       $ (1,066 )    $ (1,702,511 )    $ 813,904   

Contribution from parent

      —           17,302         —          —          17,302   

Comprehensive income (loss):

             

Foreign currency translations

      —           —           2,500        —          2,500   

Change in unrealized loss of hedging transaction, net of tax $2,398

      —           —           3,814        —          3,814   

Net loss

      —           —           —          (55,823 )      (55,823 ) 
            

 

 

  

Net comprehensive loss

      —           —           —          —          (49,509 ) 

Dividend to parent

      —           —           —          (225 )      (225 ) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2009

    $ —         $ 2,534,783       $ 5,248      $ (1,758,559 )    $ 781,472   

Contribution from parent

      —           27,982         —          —          27,982   

Comprehensive income (loss):

             

Foreign currency translations

      —           —           862        —          862   

Net loss

      —           —           —          (40,198 )      (40,198 ) 
            

 

 

  

Net comprehensive loss

      —           —           —          —          (39,336 ) 

Dividend to parent

      —           —           —          (1,629 )      (1,629 ) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2010

    $ —         $ 2,562,765       $ 6,110      $ (1,800,386 )    $ 768,489   

Contribution from parent

      —           16,553         —          —          16,553   

Comprehensive income (loss):

             

Foreign currency translations

      —           —           (784 )      —          (784 ) 

Net income

      —           —           —          8,612        8,612   
            

 

 

  

Net comprehensive income

      —           —           —          —          7,828   

Dividend to parent

      —           —           —          (3,481 )      (3,481 ) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2011

    $ —         $ 2,579,318       $ 5,326      $ (1,795,255 )    $ 789,389   
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-39

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net income (loss)

    $ 8,612      $ (40,198 )    $ (55,823 ) 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

      299,639        312,703        336,725   

Non-cash compensation

      11,650        17,839        12,462   

Amortization included in interest expense

      18,517        16,836        14,312   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

      677        17,402        —     

Gain on disposition of assets and investments

      (10,548 )      (4,900 )      (6,869 ) 

Deferred income tax expenses (benefit)

      3,997        (24,384 )      (20,602 ) 

Provision for doubtful accounts

      7,591        8,736        12,663   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

(Increase) decrease in:

       

Receivables

      (14,622 )      (4,539 )      (2,083 ) 

Prepaid expenses

      1,201        2,581        5,959   

Other assets

      (1,863 )      30,777        (14,628 ) 

Increase (decrease) in:

       

Trade accounts payable

      (489 )      2,460        1,508   

Accrued expenses

      (630 )      (275 )      9,677   

Other liabilities

      (13,384 )      (29,974 )      (738 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows provided by operating activities

      310,348        305,064        292,563   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Capital expenditures

      (107,070 )      (43,452 )      (38,815 ) 

Acquisitions

      (23,497 )      (6,703 )      (4,457 ) 

Decrease in notes receivable

      166        240        168   

Proceeds from disposition of assets and investments

      13,146        8,435        14,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows used in investing activities

      (117,255 )      (41,480 )      (29,039 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Net payments on credit agreement

      (213,866 )      (290,309 )      (198,701 ) 

Net proceeds from credit agreement refinancing

      —          5,360        —     

Payment on mirror note

      —          —          (287,500 ) 

Net payment on senior subordinated notes

      (47,187 )      (389,647 )      —     

Debt issuance costs

      —          (32,597 )      (19,919 ) 

Net proceeds from note offering

      —          400,000        314,927   

Dividends to parent

      (3,481 )      (1,629 )      (225 ) 

Contributions from parent

      16,553        27,982        17,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows used in financing activities

      (247,981 )      (280,840 )      (174,116 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents

      (300 )      515        1,759   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

      (55,188 )      (16,741 )      91,167   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

      88,565        105,306        14,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    $ 33,377      $ 88,565      $ 105,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

       

Cash paid for interest

    $ 153,800      $ 176,352      $ 169,703   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash paid for state and federal income taxes

    $ 2,651      $ 3,496      $ 3,314   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

(1) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Nature of Business

Lamar Media Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Lamar Advertising Company. Lamar Media Corp. is engaged in the outdoor advertising business operating approximately 143,000 outdoor advertising displays in 44 states. Lamar Media’s operating strategy is to be the leading provider of outdoor advertising services in the markets it serves.

In addition, Lamar Media operates a logo sign business in 21 states throughout the United States as well as the province of Ontario, Canada. Logo signs are erected pursuant to state-awarded service contracts on public rights-of-way near highway exits and deliver brand name information on available gas, food, lodging and camping services. Included in the Company’s logo sign business are tourism signing contracts. The Company provides transit advertising on bus shelters, benches and buses in the markets it serves.

Certain footnotes are not provided for the accompanying financial statements as the information in notes 2, 4, 6, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 and 20 and portions of notes 1 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements of Lamar Advertising Company included elsewhere in this Annual Report are substantially equivalent to that required for the consolidated financial statements of Lamar Media Corp. Earnings per share data is not provided for the operating results of Lamar Media Corp. as it is a wholly owned subsidiary of Lamar Advertising Company.

(b) Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include Lamar Media Corp., its wholly owned subsidiaries, The Lamar Company, LLC, Lamar Central Outdoor, Inc., Lamar Oklahoma Holding Co., Inc., Lamar Advertising Southwest, Inc., Lamar DOA Tennessee Holdings, Inc., and Interstate Logos, LLC. and their majority-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

(2) Non-cash Financing and Investing Activities

For the period ended December 31, 2011, the Company had a non-cash investing activity of $4,000 related to the purchase of an aircraft in January 2011 that had a total purchase price of $11,539. The non-cash portion of the purchase is related to deposits paid in prior periods. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 there were no significant non-cash financing or investing activities.

(3) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following is a summary of intangible assets at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

     Estimated
Life
(Years)		    2011      2010  
        Gross  Carrying
Amount		      Accumulated
Amortization		      Gross  Carrying
Amount		      Accumulated
Amortization		  

Amortizable Intangible Assets:

               

Customer lists and contracts

    7—10    $ 468,371       $ 451,524       $ 466,412       $ 441,641   

Non-competition agreement

    3—15      63,592         61,849         63,493         60,955   

Site locations

    15      1,383,076         925,290         1,375,298         833,418   

Other

    5—15      13,063         13,063         13,063         13,063   
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  
      $ 1,928,102       $ 1,451,726       $ 1,918,266       $ 1,349,077   

Unamortizable Intangible Assets:

               

Goodwill

       $ 1,669,462       $ 252,766       $ 1,668,749       $ 252,766   

 

F-41

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The changes in the gross carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    $  1,668,749   

Goodwill acquired during the year

      775   

Purchase price adjustments and other

      (62 ) 

Impairment losses

      —     
  

 

 

  

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    $ 1,669,462   
  

 

 

  

(4) Accrued Expenses

The following is a summary of accrued expenses at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

     2011      2010  

Payroll

    $ 10,519       $ 13,621   

Interest

      36,125         37,350   

Other

      46,671         34,832   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  
   $ 93,315       $ 85,803   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

(5) Long-term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

     2011     2010  

Senior Credit Agreement

    $ 595,477      $ 808,875   

7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

      400,000        400,000   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

      381,290        400,000   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes — Series B

      191,544        206,689   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes — Series C

      256,040        265,672   

9 3/4% Senior Notes

      331,553        324,866   

Other notes with various rates and terms

      2,624        3,038   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  
     2,158,528        2,409,140   

Less current maturities

      (17,310 )      (5,694 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Long-term debt excluding current maturities

    $ 2,141,218      $ 2,403,446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Long-term debt matures as follows:

 

 

2012

    $ 17,310   

2013

    $ 33,735   

2014

    $ 387,808   

2015

    $ 1,012,595   

2016

    $ 307,087   

Later years

    $ 399,993   

 

F-42

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The maturities schedule above reflects the amortization of discount in the amount of $32,673.

(6) Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:

 

 

     Current     Deferred     Total  

Year ended December 31, 2011:

       

U.S. federal

    $ —        $ 3,088      $ 3,088   

State and local

      1,075        1,295        2,370   

Foreign

      1,847        (386 )      1,461   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  
   $ 2,922      $ 3,997      $ 6,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Year ended December 31, 2010:

       

U.S. federal

    $ (1,290 )    $ (14,130 )    $ (15,420 ) 

State and local

      529        (3,607 )      (3,078 ) 

Foreign

      1,932        (6,647 )      (4,715 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  
   $ 1,171      $ (24,384 )    $ (23,213 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Year ended December 31, 2009:

       

U.S. federal

    $ (19,691 )    $ (15,292 )    $ (34,983 ) 

State and local

      2,026        (2,991 )      (965 ) 

Foreign

      2,121        (2,319 )      (198 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  
   $ (15,544 )    $ (20,602 )    $ (36,146 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the company had income taxes receivable of $599 and $2,008, respectively, included in other current assets.

The U.S. and foreign components of earnings (loss) before income taxes are as follows:

 

 

     2011     2010     2009  

U.S.

    $ 16,999      $ (59,193 )    $ (92,201 ) 

Foreign

      (1,468 )      (4,218 )      232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total

    $ 15,531      $ (63,411 )    $ (91,969 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

F-43

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

A reconciliation of significant differences between the reported amount of income tax expense (benefit) and the expected amount of income tax expense (benefit) that would result from applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35 percent to income before taxes is as follows:

 

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Income tax expense (benefit) at U.S. federal statutory rate

    $ 5,436      $ (22,193 )    $ (32,189 ) 

State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

      975        (4,205 )      (628 ) 

Book expenses not deductible for tax purposes

      746        662        816   

Stock-based compensation

      464        518        (3,534 ) 

Amortization of non-deductible goodwill

      1        3        1   

Undistributed earnings of Canadian subsidiaries (a)

      (4,023 )      1,083        828   

Valuation allowance

      382        942        (9 ) 

Rate Change (b)

      1,743        —          —     

Other differences, net

      1,195        (23 )      (1,431 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    $ 6,919      $ (23,213 )    $ (36,146 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

(a)   In prior periods, we have not designated the undistributed earnings of our Canadian subsidiaries as permanently reinvested. As of December 31, 2011, however, management asserts that the undistributed earnings of our Canadian subsidiaries are permanently reinvested. During the current year, we recognized a deferred tax benefit of $4,023, resulting from the release of the December 31, 2010 deferred tax liability.
(b)   During the current year, the “Internal Revenue Code for a New Puerto Rico” was signed into law. Under the enacted legislation, the Puerto Rico corporate income tax rate was lowered from 39% to 30%. As a result, $1,743 of income tax expense was recorded for the Puerto Rico tax rate change.

The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and (liabilities) are presented below:

 

 

     2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 2,954      $ 5,445   

Accrued liabilities not deducted for tax purposes

      33,583        33,873   

Asset retirement obligation

      61,565        57,060   

Net operating loss carry forwards

      99,811        79,061   

Tax credit carry forwards

      18,496        18,600   

Charitable contributions carry forward

      469        409   

Other

      —          516   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Gross deferred tax assets

      216,878        194,964   

Less: valuation allowance

      (3,205 )      (2,785 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net deferred tax assets

      213,673        192,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

 

F-44

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Property, plant and equipment

      (36,967 )      (16,517 ) 

Intangibles

      (291,291 )      (281,246 ) 

Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries

      —          (4,023 ) 

Investment in partnerships

      (1,065 )      (1,235 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Gross deferred tax liabilities

      (329,323 )      (303,021 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net deferred tax liabilities

    $ (115,650 )    $ (110,842 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Classification in the consolidated balance sheets:

     

Current deferred tax assets

    $ 9,812      $ 9,241   

Current deferred tax liabilities

      —          —     

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

      —          —     

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

      (125,462 )      (120,083 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net deferred tax liabilities

    $ (115,650 )    $ (110,842 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

During 2011, we generated $58,055 of U.S. net operating losses, primarily attributable to the accelerated tax depreciation provisions available under the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010 that was signed into law by the President on December 17, 2010. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $207,443 of U.S. net operating loss carry forwards remaining to offset future taxable income. Of this amount, $43,201 is subject to an IRC §382 limitation of $25,337 per year. These carry forwards expire between 2022 and 2031. In addition, we have $18,248 of various credits available to offset future U.S. federal income tax.

As of December 31, 2011, we have approximately $420,914 state net operating loss carry forwards before valuation allowances. These state net operating losses are available to reduce future taxable income and expire at various times and amounts. Management has determined that a valuation allowance related to state net operating loss carry forwards is necessary. The valuation allowance for these deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $3,192 and $2,785, respectively. The net change in the total valuation allowance for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was an increase (decrease) of $407, $1,106, and $(13), respectively.

During 2011, we generated $4,896 of Puerto Rico net operating losses. As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $21,778 of Puerto Rico net operating losses available to offset future taxable income. These carry forwards expire between 2016 and 2021.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in those jurisdictions during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carry back and carry forward periods), projected future taxable income, and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. In order to fully realize the deferred tax assets, the company will need to generate future taxable income before the expiration of the carry forwards governed by the tax code. Based on the current level of pretax earnings for financial reporting purposes and projected decreases in future depreciation and amortization, we will generate the minimum amount of future taxable income to support the realization of the deferred tax assets. Additionally, the company has a significant amount of deferred tax liabilities that will reverse during the same period and jurisdiction and is of the same character as the temporary

 

F-45

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

differences giving rise to the deferred tax assets. As a result, management believes that it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2011. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the carry forward period are reduced.

In prior periods, we have not designated the undistributed earnings of our Canadian subsidiaries as permanently reinvested. As of December 31, 2011, however, management asserts that the undistributed earnings of our Canadian subsidiaries are permanently reinvested. We have not recognized a deferred tax liability of approximately $5,459 for the undistributed earnings of our Canadian operations that arose in 2011 and prior years as management intends to reinvest the earnings outside the U.S. indefinitely. During the current period, we recognized a deferred tax benefit of $4,023, resulting from the release of prior period deferred tax liability. As of December 31, 2011, the undistributed earnings of these subsidiaries were approximately $15,596.

Under ASC 740, we provide for uncertain tax positions, and the related interest, and adjust recognized tax benefits and accrued interest accordingly. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2009

    $ 919   

Additions for tax positions related to current year

      35   

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

      —     

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

      —     

Lapse of statute of limitations

      (632 ) 

Settlements

      —     
  

 

 

  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    $ 322   

Additions for tax positions related to current year

      7   

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

      —     

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

      —     

Lapse of statute of limitations

      (194 ) 

Settlements

      —     
  

 

 

  

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    $ 135   
  

 

 

  

Included in the balance of unrecognized benefits at December 31, 2011 is $135 of tax benefits that, if recognized in future periods, would impact our effective tax rate.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we recognized interest and penalties of $7 and $35, respectively, as components of income tax expense (benefit) in connection with our liabilities related to uncertain tax positions. Interest and penalties included in the balance at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, was $27 and $67, respectively.

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and nearly all states. In addition, the Company is subject to income taxes in Canada and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. We are no longer subject to U.S federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2009 since the IRS has completed review of our income tax returns through 2008, or for any U.S. state income tax audit prior to 2002. With respect to Canada and Puerto Rico, we are no longer subject to income tax audits for years before 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Within the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible, that we could decrease our unrecognized tax benefits up to $62 as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations.

 

F-46

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

(7) Related Party Transactions

Affiliates, as used within these statements, are persons or entities that are affiliated with Lamar Media Corp. or its subsidiaries through common ownership and directorate control.

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, there was a payable to Lamar Advertising Company, its parent, in the amount of $9,400 and $7,105, respectively.

Effective December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, Lamar Advertising Company contributed $16,553 and $27,982 respectively, to Lamar Media which resulted in an increase in Lamar Media’s additional paid-in capital.

(8) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

 

     Year 2011 Quarters  
     March 31     June 30      September 30      December 31  

Net revenues

    $ 255,202      $ 293,345       $ 296,701       $ 288,239   

Net revenues less direct advertising expenses

    $ 155,651      $ 190,287       $ 193,501       $ 184,996   

Net (loss) income

    $ (13,164 )    $ 11,436       $ 4,115       $ 6,225   

 

     Year 2010 Quarters  
     March 31     June 30     September 30      December 31  

Net revenues

    $ 244,103      $ 286,366      $ 286,138       $ 275,684   

Net revenues less direct advertising expenses

    $ 145,551      $ 186,541      $ 186,543       $ 175,189   

Net (loss) income

    $ (24,898 )    $ (8,810 )    $ 803       $ (7,293 ) 

 

 

F-47

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 2

 

 

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Lamar Media Corp.

and Subsidiaries

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning of
Period		      Charged to
Costs and
Expenses		      Deductions      Balance
at end
of Period		  

Year Ended December 31, 2011

            

Deducted in balance sheet from trade accounts receivable:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 8,100         7,591         8,191       $ 7,500   

Deducted in balance sheet from intangible assets:

            

Amortization of intangible assets

    $ 1,601,843         102,649         —         $ 1,704,492   

Year Ended December 31, 2010

            

Deducted in balance sheet from trade accounts receivable:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 9,550         8,736         10,186       $ 8,100   

Deducted in balance sheet from intangible assets:

            

Amortization of intangible assets

    $ 1,496,912         104,931         —         $ 1,601,843   

Year Ended December 31, 2009

            

Deducted in balance sheet from trade accounts receivable:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    $ 10,000         12,663         13,113       $ 9,550   

Deducted in balance sheet from intangible assets:

            

Amortization of intangible assets

    $ 1,388,671         108,293         52       $ 1,496,912   

 

F-48

Table of Contents
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012 For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1. — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     March 31,
2012		     December 31,
2011		  
     (Unaudited)        

ASSETS

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 35,865      $ 33,503   

Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7,600 and $7,500 in 2012 and 2011

      144,940        147,436   

Prepaid expenses

      59,171        39,514   

Deferred income tax assets

      7,967        9,812   

Other current assets

      33,686        26,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total current assets

      281,629        256,625   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Property, plant and equipment

      2,868,937        2,860,592   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

      (1,699,153 )      (1,666,975 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net property, plant and equipment

      1,169,784        1,193,617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Goodwill

      1,427,206        1,426,848   

Intangible assets

      455,879        476,880   

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $24,532 and $28,187 in 2012 and 2011, respectively

      41,777        34,409   

Other assets

      40,556        38,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total assets

    $ 3,416,831      $ 3,427,353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Current liabilities:

     

Trade accounts payable

    $ 12,691      $ 12,663   

Current maturities of long-term debt

      26,242        17,310   

Accrued expenses

      90,761        94,654   

Deferred income

      39,047        36,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total current liabilities

      168,741        161,344   

Long-term debt

      2,161,353        2,141,218   

Deferred income tax liabilities

      68,738        92,317   

Asset retirement obligation

      181,455        180,662   

Other liabilities

      15,433        12,814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total liabilities

      2,595,720        2,588,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Series AA preferred stock, par value $.001, $63.80 cumulative dividends, authorized 5,720 shares; 5,720 shares issued and outstanding at 2012 and 2011

      —          —     

Class A preferred stock, par value $638, $63.80 cumulative dividends, 10,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding at 2012 and 2011

      —          —     

Class A common stock, par value $.001, 175,000,000 shares authorized, 95,444,171 and 95,011,499 shares issued at 2012 and 2011, respectively; 78,333,962 and 77,928,847 issued and outstanding at 2012 and 2011, respectively

      95        95   

Class B common stock, par value $.001, 37,500,000 shares authorized, 14,910,365 and 15,122,865 shares issued and outstanding at 2012 and 2011, respectively

      15        15   

Additional paid-in capital

      2,410,886        2,405,679   

Accumulated comprehensive income

      6,007        5,326   

Accumulated deficit

      (706,506 )      (683,599 ) 

Cost of shares held in treasury, 17,110,209 and 17,082,652 shares in 2012 and 2011, respectively

      (889,386 )      (888,518 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Stockholders’ equity

      821,111        838,998   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

    $ 3,416,831      $ 3,427,353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-49

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    

Three months ended

March 31,

  
     2012     2011  

Net revenues

    $ 266,238      $ 255,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Operating expenses (income)

     

Direct advertising expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      103,423        99,551   

General and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      53,095        51,067   

Corporate expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      12,490        11,551   

Depreciation and amortization

      72,373        73,873   

Gain on disposition of assets

      (936 )      (6,447 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  
     240,445        229,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Operating income

      25,793        25,607   

Other expense (income)

     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

      29,972        —     

Interest income

      (58 )      (32 ) 

Interest expense

      39,914        43,620   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  
     69,828        43,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Loss before income tax benefit

      (44,035 )      (17,981 ) 

Income tax benefit

      (21,219 )      (4,741 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net loss

      (22,816 )      (13,240 ) 

Preferred stock dividends

      91        91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net loss applicable to common stock

    $ (22,907 )    $ (13,331 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Loss per share:

     

Basic and diluted loss per share

    $ (0.25 )    $ (0.14 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Weighted average common shares used in computing earnings per share:

     

Weighted average common shares outstanding

      93,114,125        92,681,351   

Incremental common shares from dilutive stock options

      —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Weighted average common shares diluted

      93,114,125        92,681,351   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     

Net loss

    $ (22,816 )    $ (13,240 ) 

Other comprehensive income

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

      681        735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Comprehensive loss

    $ (22,135 )    $ (12,505 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-50

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

    

Three months ended

March 31,

  
     2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net loss

    $ (22,816 )    $ (13,240 ) 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

      72,373        73,873   

Non-cash equity-based compensation

      2,612        2,132   

Amortization included in interest expense

      4,497        4,534   

Gain on disposition of assets and investments

      (936 )      (6,447 ) 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

      29,972        —     

Deferred tax benefit

      (21,664 )      (5,275 ) 

Provision for doubtful accounts

      963        1,175   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

(Increase) decrease in:

     

Receivables

      1,412        (4,281 ) 

Prepaid expenses

      (18,886 )      (18,736 ) 

Other assets

      (6,759 )      (2,097 ) 

Increase (decrease) in:

     

Trade accounts payable

      (503 )      106   

Accrued expenses

      (5,664 )      (8,794 ) 

Other liabilities

      2,101        2,876   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net cash provided by operating activities

      36,702        25,826   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Acquisitions

      (6,083 )      (6,742 ) 

Capital expenditures

      (19,747 )      (28,813 ) 

Proceeds from disposition of assets and investments

      1,750        7,072   

Payments received on notes receivable

      40        148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net cash used in investing activities

      (24,040 )      (28,335 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Cash used for purchase of treasury stock

      (869 )      (3,481 ) 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

      2,596        1,522   

Principal payments on long term debt

      (22 )      (54,955 ) 

Payment on senior subordinated notes

      (598,181 )      —     

Proceeds received from note offering

      500,000        —     

Proceeds received from senior credit facility term loan

      100,000        —     

Debt issuance costs

      (14,028 )      —     

Dividends

      (91 )      (91 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net cash used in financing activities

      (10,595 )      (57,005 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents

      295        276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      2,362        (59,238 ) 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

      33,503        91,679   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    $ 35,865      $ 32,441   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for interest

    $ 33,374      $ 37,494   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash paid for foreign, state and federal income taxes

    $ 1,125      $ 739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-51

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

1. Significant Accounting Policies

The information included in the foregoing interim condensed consolidated financial statements is unaudited. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations for the interim periods presented have been reflected herein. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in the 2011 Combined Form 10-K. Subsequent events, if any, are evaluated through the date on which the financial statements are issued.

2. Stock-Based Compensation

Equity Incentive Plan. Lamar’s 1996 Equity Incentive Plan has reserved 13 million shares of Class A common stock for issuance to directors and employees, including shares underlying granted options and common stock reserved for issuance under its performance-based incentive program. Options granted under the plan expire ten years from the grant date with vesting terms ranging from three to five years and include 1) options that vest in one-fifth increments beginning on the grant date and continuing on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date and 2) options that cliff-vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. All grants are made at fair market value based on the closing price of our Class A common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on the date of grant.

We use a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. The Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model incorporates various and highly subjective assumptions, including expected term and expected volatility. The Company granted options for an aggregate of 9,000 shares of its Class A common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Stock Purchase Plan. Lamar’s 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan reserved 924,000 shares of Class A common stock for issuance to employees. The 2000 ESPP was terminated following the issuance of all shares that were subject to the offer that commenced under the 2000 ESPP on January 1, 2009 and ended June 30, 2009. In 2009 we adopted a new employee stock purchase plan, which reserved 500,000 additional shares of common stock for issuance to employees. Our 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2009 ESPP) was adopted by our Board of Directors in February 2009 and approved by our shareholders on May 28, 2009. The terms of the 2009 ESPP are substantially the same as the 2000 ESPP. The following is a summary of ESPP share activity for the three months ended March 31, 2012:

 

     Shares  

Available for future purchases, January 1, 2012

      253,294   

Purchases

      43,091   
  

 

 

  

Available for future purchases, March 31, 2012

      210,203   
  

 

 

  

Performance-based compensation. Unrestricted shares of our Class A common stock may be awarded to key officers, employees and directors under our 1996 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of shares to be issued, if any, will be dependent on the level of achievement of performance measures for key officers and employees, as determined by the Company’s Compensation Committee based on our 2012 results. Any shares issued based on

 

F-52

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unadudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

the achievement of performance goals will be issued in the first quarter of 2013. The shares subject to these awards can range from a minimum of 0% to a maximum of 100% of the target number of shares depending on the level at which the goals are attained. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company has recorded $619 as non-cash compensation expense related to performance based awards. In addition, each non-employee director automatically receives upon election or re-election a restricted stock award of our Class A common stock. The awards vest 50% on grant date and 50% on the last day of each of the director’s one-year term. The Company recorded $29 non-cash compensation expense related to these awards for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

3. Depreciation and Amortization

The Company includes all categories of depreciation and amortization on a separate line in its Statement of Operations. The amounts of depreciation and amortization expense excluded from the following operating expenses in its Statement of Operations are:

 

    

Three months ended

March 31,

  
     2012      2011  

Direct advertising expenses

    $ 68,235       $ 69,571   

General and administrative expenses

      976         1,011   

Corporate expenses

      3,162         3,291   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  
   $ 72,373       $ 73,873   
  

 

 

     

 

 

  

4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following is a summary of intangible assets at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     Estimated
Life
(Years)		    March 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
      Gross  Carrying
Amount		      Accumulated
Amortization		      Gross  Carrying
Amount		      Accumulated
Amortization		  

Amortizable Intangible Assets:

               

Customer lists and contracts

    7 – 10    $ 469,149       $ 453,475       $ 468,371       $ 451,524   

Non-competition agreements

    3 – 15      63,604         62,068         63,592         61,849   

Site locations

    15      1,386,752         948,580         1,383,076         925,291   

Other

    5 – 15      13,608         13,111         13,608         13,103   
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

  
      $ 1,933,113       $ 1,477,234       $ 1,928,647       $ 1,451,767   

Unamortizable Intangible Assets:

               

Goodwill

       $ 1,680,841       $ 253,635       $ 1,680,483       $ 253,635   

 

F-53

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unadudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

5. Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company’s asset retirement obligations include the costs associated with the removal of its structures, resurfacing of the land and retirement cost, if applicable, related to the Company’s outdoor advertising portfolio. The following table reflects information related to our asset retirement obligations:

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    $ 180,662   

Additions to asset retirement obligations

      155   

Accretion expense

      1,976   

Liabilities settled

      (1,338 ) 
  

 

 

  

Balance at March 31, 2012

    $ 181,455   
  

 

 

  

6. Summarized Financial Information of Subsidiaries

Separate financial statements of each of the Company’s direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries that have guaranteed Lamar Media’s obligations with respect to its publicly issued notes (collectively, the “Guarantors”) are not included herein because the Company has no independent assets or operations, the guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several and the only subsidiaries that are not guarantors are in the aggregate minor.

Lamar Media’s ability to make distributions to Lamar Advertising is restricted under both the terms of the indentures relating to Lamar Media’s outstanding notes and by the terms of the senior credit facility. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, Lamar Media was permitted under the terms of its outstanding senior subordinated notes to make transfers to Lamar Advertising in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances in amounts up to $1,690,691 and $1,641,856, respectively. Transfers to Lamar Advertising are subject to additional restrictions if, (i) under Lamar Media’s senior credit facility and as defined therein, (x) the total holdings debt ratio is greater than 5.75 to 1 or (y) the senior debt ratio is greater than 3.25 to 1.0, and (ii) if under the indenture for Lamar Media’s 9 3/4% senior notes and as defined therein, its senior leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 3.0 to 1. As of March 31, 2012, the total holdings debt ratio was less than 5.75 to 1 and Lamar Media’s senior debt ratio was less than 3.25 to 1 and its senior leverage ratio was less than 3.0 to 1; therefore, transfers to Lamar Advertising were not subject to any additional restrictions under the senior credit facility or pursuant to the indenture governing the 9 3/4% senior notes.

7. Earnings Per Share

The calculation of basic earnings per share excludes any dilutive effect of stock options, while diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of stock options. The number of dilutive shares excluded from this calculation because of their anti-dilutive effect for stock options is 343,478 and 475,701 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-54

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unadudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

8. Long-term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     March  31,
2012		     December 31,
2011		  

Senior Credit Facility

    $ 695,477      $ 595,477   

7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

      400,000        400,000   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

      122,760        381,290   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes — Series B

      98,493        191,544   

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes — Series C

      34,910        256,040   

5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

      500,000        —     

9 3/4% Senior Notes

      333,358        331,553   

Other notes with various rates and terms

      2,597        2,624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  
     2,187,595        2,158,528   

Less current maturities

      (26,242 )      (17,310 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

    $ 2,161,353      $ 2,141,218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

On August 16, 2005, Lamar Media Corp., issued $400,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015. These notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will be subordinated to all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of our existing and any future subordinated debt of Lamar Media. These notes are redeemable at the company’s option anytime on or after August 15, 2010 in whole or part, in cash at redemption prices specified in the notes. The net proceeds for this issuance were used to reduce borrowings under Lamar Media’s senior credit facility.

On August 17, 2006, Lamar Media Corp. issued $216,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 – Series B. These notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will be subordinated to all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of our existing and any future subordinated debt of Lamar Media. These notes are redeemable at the company’s option anytime on or after August 15, 2010 in whole or part, in cash at redemption prices specified in the notes. The net proceeds from this issuance were used to reduce borrowings under Lamar Media’s senior credit facility and repurchase the Company’s Class A common stock pursuant to its repurchase plan.

On October 11, 2007, Lamar Media Corp. issued $275,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 – Series C. These notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will be subordinated to all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of Lamar Media’s existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of the existing and any future subordinated debt of Lamar Media. These notes are redeemable at the company’s option anytime on or after August 15, 2010 in whole or part, in cash at redemption prices specified in the notes. A portion of the net proceeds from the offering of the Notes was used to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under Lamar Media’s revolving senior credit facility.

 

F-55

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unadudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

On January 26, 2012, Lamar Media commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash, up to $700,000 in aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6 5/8% Notes. On February 9, 2012, Lamar Media accepted tenders for approximately $483,655 in aggregate principal amount of the 6 5/8% Notes, out of approximately $582,903 tendered, in connection with the early settlement date of the tender offer. On February 27, 2012, Lamar Media accepted tenders for approximately $99,248 previously tendered and not accepted for payment and an additional $220 tendered following the early settlement date. Lamar Media made aggregate cash payments (including early tender consideration and accrued but unpaid interest) in connection with the tender offer of approximately $613,887.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company recognized a loss of $29,972 in connection with the repurchase of a portion of its 6 5/8% Notes.

9 3/4% Senior Notes

On March 27, 2009, Lamar Media issued $350,000 in aggregate principal amount ($314,927 gross proceeds) of 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2014. The institutional private placement resulted in net proceeds to Lamar Media of approximately $307,489. The senior notes mature on April 1, 2014 and have interest at a rate of 9 3/4% per annum, which is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning October 1, 2009. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The terms of the senior notes will, among other things, limit Lamar Media’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to (i) incur additional debt and issue preferred stock; (ii) make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments; (iii) create certain liens; (iv) enter into transactions with affiliates; (v) have the restricted subsidiaries make payments to Lamar Media; (vi) merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of Lamar Media’s or the restricted subsidiaries’ assets; and (vii) sell assets. These covenants are subject to a number of exceptions and qualifications.

At any time prior to April 1, 2014, Lamar Media may redeem some or all of the senior notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium. In addition, if the Company or Lamar Media undergoes a change of control, Lamar Media may be required to make an offer to purchase each holder’s senior notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the senior notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any), up to but not including the repurchase date.

7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

On April 22, 2010, Lamar Media issued $400,000 in aggregate principal amount of 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018. The institutional private placement resulted in net proceeds to Lamar Media of approximately $392,000.

Lamar Media may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any time and from time to time, at a price equal to 107.875% of the aggregate principal amount so redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including additional interest, if any), with the net cash proceeds of certain public equity offerings completed before April 15, 2013, provided that following the redemption at least 65% of the 7 7/8% Notes that were originally issued remain outstanding. At any time prior to April 15, 2014, Lamar Media may redeem some or all of the 7 7/8% Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a make-whole premium. On or after April 15, 2014, Lamar Media may redeem the 7 7/8% Notes, in whole or part, in cash at redemption prices specified in the Notes.

 

F-56

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unadudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes

On February 9, 2012, Lamar Media completed an institutional private placement of $500,000 aggregate principle amount of 5 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes, due 2022. The institutional private placement resulted in net proceeds to Lamar Media of approximately $489,000.

Lamar Media may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any time and from time to time, at a price equal to 105.875% of the aggregate principal amount so redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, with the net cash proceeds of certain public equity offerings completed before February 1, 2015, provided that following the redemption, at least 65% of the Notes that were originally issued remain outstanding. At any time prior to February 1, 2017, Lamar Media may redeem some or all of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount plus a make-whole premium. On or after February 1, 2017, Lamar Media may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, in cash at redemption prices specified in the Notes. In addition, if the Company or Lamar Media undergoes a change of control, Lamar Media may be required to make an offer to purchase each holder’s Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, up to but not including the repurchase date.

The Company used the proceeds of this offering, after payment and fees, to repurchase its tendered and accepted 6 5/8% Notes.

2010 Senior Credit Facility

On February 9, 2012, Lamar Media entered into a restatement agreement with respect to its existing senior credit facility in order to fund a new $100,000 Term loan A facility and to make certain covenant changes to the senior credit facility, which was entered into on April 28, 2010, as amended on June 11, 2010, November 18, 2010 and February 9, 2012 (the “senior credit facility”), for which JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. serves as administrative agent. The senior credit facility consists of a $250,000 revolving credit facility, a $270,000 term loan A-1 facility, a $30,000 term loan A-2 facility, a $100,000 term loan A-3 facility, a $575,000 term loan B facility and a $300,000 incremental facility, which may be increased by up to an additional $200,000 based upon our satisfaction of a senior debt ratio test (as described below), of less than or equal to 3.25 to 1. Lamar Media is the borrower under the senior credit facility, except with respect to the $30,000 term loan A-2 facility for which Lamar Media’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Lamar Advertising of Puerto Rico, Inc. is the borrower. We may also from time to time designate additional wholly-owned subsidiaries as subsidiary borrowers under the incremental loan facility that can borrow up to $110,000 of the incremental facility. Incremental loans may be in the form of additional term loan tranches or increases in the revolving credit facility. Our lenders have no obligation to make additional loans to us, or any designated subsidiary borrower, under the incremental facility, but may enter into such commitments in their sole discretion.

 

F-57

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unadudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The remaining quarterly amortizations of the Term facilities as of March 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

     Term A-1      Term A-2      Term A-3      Term B  

September 30, 2012 — December 31, 2012

    $ 6,750       $ 750       $ —         $ 813.2   

March 31, 2013 — March 31, 2014

    $ 6,750       $ 750       $ 625       $ 813.2   

June 30, 2014 — December 31, 2014

    $ 13,500       $ 1,500       $ 625       $ 813.2   

March 31, 2015

    $ 13,500       $ 1,500       $ 1,250       $ 813.2   

June 30, 2015 — September 30, 2015

    $ 37,125       $ 4,125       $ 1,250       $ 813.2   

December 31, 2015

    $ 74,250       $ 8,250       $ 1,250       $ 813.2   

March 31, 2016 — September 30, 2016

    $ —         $ —         $ 1,250       $ 813.2   

December 31, 2016

    $ —         $ —         $ 1,250       $ 304,151.9   

March 31, 2017 — June 30, 2017

    $ —         $ —         $ 21,250       $ —     

August 9, 2017

    $ —         $ —         $ 42,500       $ —     

In addition to the amortizations of our Term facilities, Lamar Media may be required to make certain mandatory prepayments on loans outstanding under the senior credit facility that would be applied first to any outstanding term loans. These payments, if any, will be calculated based on a percentage of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the senior credit facility) at the end of each fiscal year. For fiscal years ending or after December 31, 2012, this percentage is subject to reduction to 0% if the total holdings debt ratio (as defined in the senior credit facility) is less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00 as of the last day of such fiscal year.

As of March 31, 2012, there was no amounts outstanding under the revolving senior facility. The revolving facility terminates April 28, 2015. Availability under the revolving facility is reduced by the amount of any letters of credit outstanding. Lamar Media had $8,364 letters of credit outstanding as of March 31, 2012 resulting in $241,636 of availability under its revolving facility. Revolving credit loans may be requested under the revolving credit facility at any time prior to maturity. The loans bear interest, at Lamar Media’s option, at the LIBOR Rate or JPMorgan Chase Prime Rate plus applicable margins, such margins being set from time to time based on Lamar Media’s ratio of debt to trailing twelve month EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit facility.

The terms of Lamar Media’s senior credit facility and the indentures relating to Lamar Media’s outstanding notes restrict, among other things, the ability of Lamar Advertising and Lamar Media to:

 

  •  

dispose of assets;

 

  •  

incur or repay debt;

 

  •  

create liens;

 

  •  

make investments; and

 

  •  

pay dividends.

Lamar Media’s ability to make distributions to Lamar Advertising is also restricted under the terms of these agreements. Under Lamar Media’s senior credit facility the Company must maintain specified financial ratios and levels including:

 

  •  

a fixed charges ratio;

 

  •  

a senior debt ratio; and

 

  •  

a total holdings debt ratio.

 

F-58

Table of Contents

LAMAR ADVERTISING COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unadudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Lamar Advertising and Lamar Media were in compliance with all of the terms of their indentures and the applicable senior credit agreement provisions during the periods presented.

9. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company’s financial instruments included cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, investments, accounts payable and borrowings. The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt approximated carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Investment contracts are reported at fair values. Fair values for investments held at cost are not readily available, but are estimated to approximate fair value. The estimated fair value of the Company’s long term debt (including current maturities) was $2,299,567 which exceeded both the gross and carrying amounts of $2,208,050 and $2,187,595, respectively, as of March 31, 2012.

 

F-59

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     March 31,
2012		     December 31,
2011		  
     (Unaudited)        

ASSETS

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 35,365      $ 33,377   

Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7,600 and $7,500 in 2012 and 2011

      144,940        147,436   

Prepaid expenses

      59,171        39,514   

Deferred income tax assets

      7,967        9,812   

Other current assets

      33,904        26,578   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total current assets

      281,347        256,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Property, plant and equipment

      2,868,937        2,860,592   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

      (1,699,153 )      (1,666,975 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net property, plant and equipment

      1,169,784        1,193,617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Goodwill

      1,417,054        1,416,696   

Intangible assets

      455,382        476,376   

Deferred financing costs net of accumulated amortization of $15,245 and $18,899 in 2012 and 2011, respectively

      39,824        32,455   

Other assets

      35,271        33,689   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total assets

    $ 3,398,662      $ 3,409,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

     

Current liabilities:

     

Trade accounts payable

    $ 12,691      $ 12,663   

Current maturities of long-term debt

      26,242        17,310   

Accrued expenses

      88,963        93,315   

Deferred income

      39,047        36,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total current liabilities

      166,943        160,005   

Long-term debt

      2,161,353        2,141,218   

Deferred income tax liabilities

      101,985        125,462   

Asset retirement obligation

      181,455        180,662   

Other liabilities

      15,433        12,814   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total liabilities

      2,627,169        2,620,161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Stockholder’s equity:

     

Common stock, par value $.01, 3,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding at 2012 and 2011

      —          —     

Additional paid-in-capital

      2,584,526        2,579,318   

Accumulated comprehensive income

      6,007        5,326   

Accumulated deficit

      (1,819,040 )      (1,795,255 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total stockholder’s equity

      771,493        789,389   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

    $ 3,398,662      $ 3,409,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying note to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-60

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    

Three months ended

March 31,

  
     2012     2011  

Net revenues

    $ 266,238      $ 255,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Operating expenses (income)

     

Direct advertising expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      103,423        99,551   

General and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      53,095        51,067   

Corporate expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

      12,397        11,479   

Depreciation and amortization

      72,373        73,873   

Gain on disposition of assets

      (936 )      (6,447 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  
     240,352        229,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Operating income

      25,886        25,679   

Other expense (income)

     

Loss on extinguishment of debt

      29,972        —     

Interest income

      (58 )      (32 ) 

Interest expense

      39,914        43,620   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  
     69,828        43,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Loss before income tax benefit

      (43,942 )      (17,909 ) 

Income tax benefit

      (21,117 )      (4,745 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net loss

    $ (22,825 )    $ (13,164 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     

Net loss

    $ (22,825 )    $ (13,164 ) 

Other comprehensive income

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments

      681        735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Comprehensive loss

    $ (22,144 )    $ (12,429 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying note to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-61

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Three months ended
March 31,		  
     2012     2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net loss

    $ (22,825 )    $ (13,164 ) 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

      72,373        73,873   

Non-cash equity based compensation

      2,612        2,132   

Amortization included in interest expense

      4,497        4,534   

Gain on disposition of assets and investments

      (936 )      (6,447 ) 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

      29,972        —     

Deferred tax benefit

      (21,563 )      (5,293 ) 

Provision for doubtful accounts

      963        1,175   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

(Increase) decrease in:

     

Receivables

      1,412        (4,281 ) 

Prepaid expenses

      (18,886 )      (18,736 ) 

Other assets

      (6,759 )      (2,083 ) 

Increase (decrease) in:

     

Trade accounts payable

      (503 )      106   

Accrued expenses

      (5,664 )      (8,794 ) 

Other liabilities

      (976 )      3,296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net cash provided by operating activities

      33,717        26,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Acquisitions

      (6,083 )      (6,742 ) 

Capital expenditures

      (19,747 )      (28,813 ) 

Proceeds from disposition of assets

      1,750        7,072   

Payment received on notes receivable

      40        148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net cash used in investing activities

      (24,040 )      (28,335 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Principal payments on long-term debt

      (22 )      (54,955 ) 

Payment on senior subordinated notes

      (598,181 )      —     

Proceeds received from note offering

      500,000        —     

Proceeds received from senior credit agreement term loan

      100,000        —     

Debt issuance costs

      (14,028 )      —     

Dividend to parent

      (960 )      (3,481 ) 

Contributions from parent

      5,207        3,653   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net cash used in financing activities

      (7,984 )      (54,783 ) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents

      295        276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      1,988        (56,524 ) 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

      33,377        88,565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    $ 35,365      $ 32,041   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for interest

    $ 33,374      $ 37,494   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

Cash paid for foreign, state and federal income taxes

    $ 1,125      $ 739   
  

 

 

    

 

 

  

See accompanying note to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-62

Table of Contents

LAMAR MEDIA CORP.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unadudited)

(In thousands, except share data)

 

1. Significant Accounting Policies

The information included in the foregoing interim condensed consolidated financial statements is unaudited. In the opinion of management all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of Lamar Media’s financial position and results of operations for the interim periods presented have been reflected herein. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with Lamar Media’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in the 2011 Combined Form 10-K.

Certain notes are not provided for the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements as the information in notes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9 to the condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this report is substantially equivalent to that required for the condensed consolidated financial statements of Lamar Media Corp. Earnings per share data is not provided for Lamar Media, as it is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

F-63

Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO